WO2025242004A1 - 通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备 - Google Patents

通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备

Info

Publication number
WO2025242004A1
WO2025242004A1 PCT/CN2025/095462 CN2025095462W WO2025242004A1 WO 2025242004 A1 WO2025242004 A1 WO 2025242004A1 CN 2025095462 W CN2025095462 W CN 2025095462W WO 2025242004 A1 WO2025242004 A1 WO 2025242004A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sbfd
tci
symbol
resource
time domain
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2025/095462
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
周欢
杨宇
李祺亦舒
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Beijing Ziguang Zhanrui Communication Technology Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Beijing Ziguang Zhanrui Communication Technology Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Beijing Ziguang Zhanrui Communication Technology Co Ltd filed Critical Beijing Ziguang Zhanrui Communication Technology Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025242004A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025242004A1/zh
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and apparatus, terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • all frequency domain resources of a TDD carrier must transmit in the same direction at the same time, i.e., either uplink or downlink.
  • different services have varying requirements for uplink and downlink transmission, making a fixed uplink/downlink time slot ratio insufficient to simultaneously meet the needs of different services.
  • SBFD subband full duplex
  • This application provides a communication method and apparatus, a terminal device and a network device to realize multi-timeslot communication in a scenario where SBFD is introduced into a TDD system.
  • a communication method includes:
  • Communication is performed on a first resource via a first channel, wherein the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain;
  • the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is both an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol.
  • the frequency domain resources of an SBFD symbol include both uplink and downlink subbands
  • SBFD symbols can support both uplink and downlink transmission, thus improving spectrum utilization and flexibility.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmission control information
  • the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol
  • non-SBFD symbols are either uplink or downlink, they can support either uplink or downlink transmission, allowing terminal devices to achieve uplink or downlink transmission through non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the first resource contains both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain, it indicates that the symbols in the first resource are of SBFD and non-SBFD types.
  • This enables terminal devices to communicate on both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, allowing for uplink or downlink transmission. Furthermore, communication on SBFD and non-SBFD symbols allows for faster signal/data transmission and reduces transmission latency.
  • the method further includes:
  • Receive first information which indicates the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the network can directly indicate the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain through the first information.
  • the communication is associated with the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain; or,
  • the signal used for the communication is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • this application can introduce an association between communication and the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain, or this application can establish an association between the signal used for communication and the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain, thereby determining the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain based on this association.
  • This association can be specified by network configuration, pre-configuration, or standard protocols.
  • the communication over the first resource via the first channel includes:
  • TCI transmission configuration indication
  • this application can realize communication in the scenario of introducing SBFD in TDD system based on the first TCI, the first resource and the first information.
  • the first TCI is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • this application can introduce an association between the type of the first TCI and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain, thereby determining the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain based on this association.
  • This association can be defined by network configuration, pre-configuration, or a standard protocol.
  • the first TCI is one of a first candidate TCI or a second candidate TCI of the communication, wherein the first candidate TCI is associated with the first resource as a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain, and the second candidate TCI is associated with the first resource as an SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • the method further includes: receiving second information, the second information indicating that the first TCI is associated with the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the network can directly indicate the association between the type of symbol of the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain through the second information.
  • the second information may also indicate the first TCI.
  • the second information enables the network to indicate the first TCI and the type association between the first TCI and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the second information indicates that at least one TCI is associated with the type of symbol of the resource used for communication in the time domain, the at least one TCI comprising the first TCI.
  • the second information enables the association between the network indicator first TCI and the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the method further includes:
  • Receive first activation information which is used to activate the first TCI.
  • the network can activate the first TCI through the first activation information in order to determine the type of symbol of the first resource associated with the first TCI in the time domain time slot by activating the first TCI.
  • the communication over the first resource via the first channel includes:
  • TRPs transceiver points
  • this embodiment can enable communication with multiple TRPs in a scenario where SBFD is introduced into a TDD system.
  • communication may be performed on the first resource via a first channel with multiple TRPs, including:
  • communication is conducted with the first TRP on the first resource via the first channel, and based on the second TCI, communication is conducted with the second TRP on the first resource via the first channel.
  • this application can realize communication with the first TRP and the second TRP respectively on the first resource through the first channel based on the first TCI and the second TCI.
  • the first TCI and the second TCI are associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • this application can establish an association between the first TCI and the second TCI and the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain, thereby determining the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain based on the association.
  • the method further includes:
  • Receive third information the third information indicating the type association between the first TCI and the second TCI and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the network can directly indicate the association between the first TCI and the second TCI and the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain through the third information.
  • the third information indicates that a plurality of TCIs are associated with the type of symbols of the resources used for communication in the time domain, the plurality of TCIs including a first TCI and a second TCI.
  • the fourth information enables the network to associate the first TCI and the second TCI with the type of symbols of the resources used for communication in the time domain.
  • the method further includes:
  • Receive second activation information which is used to activate the first TCI and the second TCI.
  • the network can activate the first TCI and the second TCI through the second activation information in order to determine the type of symbol of the first resource associated with the first TCI and the second TCI in the time domain time slot by activating the first TCI and the second TCI.
  • a communication method includes:
  • Communication is performed on a first resource via a first channel, wherein the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain;
  • the first resource is a sub-band full-duplex SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is both an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • SBFD symbols can support both uplink and downlink transmissions, allowing network devices to achieve both uplink and downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols, thereby improving spectrum utilization and flexibility. Furthermore, compared to using multiple symbol types where frequency domain resources, transmission parameters (such as power control), and TCI differ, communicating only on the SBFD symbol type simplifies scheduling parameters and transmit/receive processing. Alternatively,
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol, thus enabling network devices to communicate only on non-SBFD symbols.
  • non-SBFD symbols are either uplink or downlink, they can support either uplink or downlink transmission, allowing network devices to achieve uplink or downlink transmission through non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the first resource contains both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain, this indicates that the symbols on the first resource are of SBFD and non-SBFD types.
  • This allows network devices to communicate on both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, enabling uplink and/or downlink transmissions. Furthermore, communication on SBFD and non-SBFD symbols allows for faster signal/data transmission and reduces transmission latency.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network can directly indicate the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain through the first information.
  • the communication is associated with the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain; or,
  • the signal used for the communication is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • this application can introduce an association between communication and the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain, or this application can establish an association between the signal used for communication and the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain, thereby determining the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain based on this association.
  • This association can be specified by network configuration, pre-configuration, or standard protocols.
  • the communication over the first resource via the first channel includes:
  • TCI transmission configuration indication
  • this application can realize communication in the scenario of introducing SBFD in TDD system based on the first TCI, the first resource and the first information.
  • the first TCI is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • this application can introduce an association between the type of the first TCI and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain, thereby determining the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain based on this association.
  • This association can be defined by network configuration, pre-configuration, or a standard protocol.
  • the method further includes sending a second message indicating that the first TCI is associated with the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the network can directly indicate the association between the type of symbol of the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain through the second information.
  • the second information may also indicate the first TCI.
  • the second information enables the network to indicate the first TCI and the type association between the first TCI and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the second information indicates that at least one TCI is associated with the type of symbol of the resource used for communication in the time domain, the at least one TCI comprising the first TCI.
  • the second information enables the association between the network indicator first TCI and the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network can activate the first TCI through the first activation information in order to determine the type of symbol of the first resource associated with the first TCI in the time domain time slot by activating the first TCI.
  • a communication device includes:
  • a communication unit is configured to communicate over a first resource via a first channel, wherein the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain;
  • the first resource is a sub-band full-duplex SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is both an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • a communication device includes:
  • a communication unit is configured to communicate over a first resource via a first channel, wherein the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain;
  • the first resource is a sub-band full-duplex SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is both an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • a seventh aspect is a terminal device according to this application, comprising a processor, a memory, and a computer program or instructions stored in the memory, wherein the processor executes the computer program or instructions to implement the steps in the method designed in the first aspect above.
  • a network device includes a processor, a memory, and a computer program or instructions stored in the memory, wherein the processor executes the computer program or instructions to implement the steps in the method designed in the second aspect above.
  • a ninth aspect is a chip according to this application, comprising a processor, wherein the processor performs the steps of the method designed in the first or second aspect described above.
  • a tenth aspect is a chip module according to this application, including a transceiver component and a chip, wherein the chip includes a processor, and the processor performs the steps in the method designed in the first or second aspect described above.
  • the twelfth aspect is a computer program product of this application, comprising a computer program or instructions, wherein when the computer program or instructions are executed, the steps in the method designed in the first or second aspect described above are performed.
  • the computer program product may be a software installation package.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 2 is a flowchart illustrating a communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart illustrating another communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a MAC CE according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart illustrating another communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a TCI code point under a single TPR according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIGS. 7 to 10 are schematic diagrams of the structure of a MAC CE according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 11 is a flowchart illustrating another communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 12 is a flowchart illustrating another communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a MAC CE according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 14 is a flowchart illustrating another communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a TCI code point under multiple TPRs according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 16 is a functional unit block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 17 is a functional unit block diagram of another communication device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • At least one or “at least one item” refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • "and/or” describes the association relationship between related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist.
  • a and/or B can represent the following three cases: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone.
  • a and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character "/" indicates that the preceding and following related objects have an "or" relationship.
  • At least one of the following or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item or a plurality of items.
  • at least one of a, b, or c can represent the following seven cases: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, a, b, and c.
  • Each of a, b, and c can be an element or a set containing one or more elements.
  • network can be expressed as the same concept as “system,” and a communication system is a communication network.
  • connection refers to various connection methods, such as direct connection or indirect connection, to achieve communication between devices, and is not specifically limited thereto.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • NR New Radio
  • evolution systems of NR systems LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum
  • LTE-U LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum
  • NR-U NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum
  • NTN non-terrestrial networks
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • 6G 6th-Generation
  • the communication system of this application can support not only traditional communication systems, but also communication systems such as device-to-device (D2D), machine-to-machine (M2M), machine-type communication (MTC), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-everything (V2X), and narrowband internet of things (NB-IoT). Therefore, the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can also be applied to the above-mentioned communication systems.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine-type communication
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • NB-IoT narrowband internet of things
  • embodiments of this application can be applied to beamforming, carrier aggregation (CA), dual connectivity (DC), or standalone (SA) deployment scenarios.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • SA standalone
  • embodiments of this application can be applied to communication scenarios using unlicensed spectrum.
  • unlicensed spectrum can also be considered as shared spectrum.
  • embodiments of this application can also be applied to licensed spectrum.
  • licensed spectrum can also be considered as non-shared spectrum.
  • NTN systems such as satellite communication systems.
  • network devices typically communicate with ground terminal devices via satellite.
  • the communication system 10 may include a network device 110 and a terminal device 120.
  • the terminal device 120 can communicate with the network device 110 wirelessly.
  • the communication system 10 may also include a server or other devices.
  • the communication system 10 may include other network devices besides the network device 110.
  • the communication system 10 may include other terminal devices besides the terminal device 120.
  • Figure 1 is only an example of the network architecture of a communication system and does not constitute a limitation on the network architecture of the communication system in the embodiments of this application.
  • a terminal device can be a device with transceiver capabilities, and can also be called a terminal, user equipment (UE), remote terminal equipment (relay UE), relay equipment (relay UE), access terminal equipment, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, mobile device, user terminal equipment, smart terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, user agent, or user device.
  • a relay device is a terminal device capable of providing relay forwarding services to other terminal devices (including remote terminal devices).
  • terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablets, computers with wireless transceiver capabilities, virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (AR) terminal devices, wireless terminal devices in industrial control, wireless terminal devices in autonomous driving, wireless terminal devices in remote medical care, wireless terminal devices in smart grids, wireless terminal devices in transportation safety, wireless terminal devices in smart cities, or wireless terminal devices in smart homes, etc.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • wireless terminal devices in industrial control wireless terminal devices in autonomous driving
  • wireless terminal devices in remote medical care wireless terminal devices in smart grids
  • wireless terminal devices in transportation safety wireless terminal devices in smart cities, or wireless terminal devices in smart homes, etc.
  • a terminal device can be a cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, in-vehicle device, wearable device, terminal device in next-generation communication systems (such as NR communication systems, 6G communication systems), or terminal device in a future public land mobile network (PLMN), etc., without specific limitations.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem such as NR communication systems, 6G communication systems
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can be deployed on water (such as ships); or it can be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons and satellites).
  • the terminal device may include means for wireless communication, such as a chip system, a chip, or a chip module.
  • the chip system may include a chip, and may also include other discrete components.
  • the terminal device in this application embodiment may be a chip, chip module, device, unit, etc., and there are no specific limitations thereto.
  • a network device is a device with transceiver capabilities that can be used to communicate with terminal devices.
  • network devices can be responsible for radio resource management (RRM), quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption, and data transmission and reception on the air interface side.
  • RRM radio resource management
  • QoS quality of service
  • network devices may include base stations (BS) in a communication system or devices deployed in a radio access network (RAN) to provide wireless communication functions; that is, network devices may include devices in the RAN.
  • BS base stations
  • RAN radio access network
  • devices in the RAN may include evolved node B (eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE communication system, next-generation evolved node B (ng-eNB) in the NR communication system, next-generation node B (gNB) in the NR communication system, master node (MN) in the dual connectivity architecture, and secondary node (SN) in the dual connectivity architecture, etc., without specific restrictions.
  • eNB evolved node B
  • ng-eNB next-generation evolved node B
  • gNB next-generation node B
  • MN master node
  • SN secondary node
  • network devices can also be access points (APs) in WLANs, relay stations, communication devices in future PLMN networks, communication devices in NTN networks, etc.
  • APs access points
  • the network device may include means for providing wireless communication capabilities to terminal devices, such as a chip system, a chip, or a chip module.
  • terminal devices such as a chip system, a chip, or a chip module.
  • the chip system may include a chip, or it may include other discrete devices.
  • the network device can be a transmission and reception point (TRP).
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • network devices can communicate with Internet Protocol (IP) networks, such as the Internet, private IP networks, or other data networks.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network device may include a single independent node to implement the functions of the aforementioned base station, or it may include two or more independent nodes to implement the functions of the aforementioned base station.
  • the network device includes a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), such as gNB-CU and gNB-DU.
  • the network device may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some of the functions of the network device, and the DU implements other functions.
  • the CU is responsible for handling non-real-time protocols and services, implementing the functions of the Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer, the Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) layer, and the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer.
  • the DU is responsible for handling physical layer protocols and real-time services, implementing the functions of the Radio Link Control (RLC) layer, the Media Access Control (MAC) layer, and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • the AAU can perform some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing, and related functions of active antennas.
  • RRC layer information ultimately becomes PHY layer information, or is derived from PHY layer information
  • higher-layer signaling (such as RRC signaling) can be considered to be generated by the CU and sent by the DU, or jointly sent by the DU and AAU.
  • network devices can include at least one of the CU, DU, and AAU.
  • the CU can be classified as a RAN device, or it can be classified as a core network device; there are no specific limitations on this.
  • the network device can be any site in a multi-site coherent joint transmission (CJT) with the terminal device, or another site outside of that multi-site group, or other network devices communicating with the terminal device; there are no specific limitations.
  • Multi-site coherent joint transmission can be multiple sites jointly transmitting coherently, or different data belonging to the same physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) being sent from different sites to the terminal device, or multiple sites virtually merging into one site for transmission, or other forms of cooperative transmission.
  • the sites in multi-site coherent joint transmission can be remote radio heads (RRHs), transmission and reception points (TRPs), network devices, etc., without specific limitations.
  • the network device can be any site in a multi-site system performing non-coherent joint transmission (NCJT) with the terminal device, or another site outside of that multi-site system, or other network devices communicating with the terminal device; there are no specific limitations.
  • Multi-site non-coherent joint transmission can be a joint non-coherent transmission by multiple sites, or different data belonging to the same PDSCH being sent to the terminal device from different sites, or different data belonging to the same PDSCH being sent to the terminal device from different sites, or other non-coherent transmission methods.
  • the sites in multi-site non-coherent joint transmission can be RRHs, TRPs, network devices, etc., without specific limitations.
  • network equipment can provide services to a cell, and terminal devices within that cell can communicate with the network equipment through transmission resources (such as spectrum resources).
  • This cell can be a macro cell, small cell, metro cell, micro cell, pico cell, or femto cell, etc.
  • the network device described in the embodiments of this application may be a chip, chip module, device, unit, etc., and there are no specific limitations on it.
  • a beam is a communication resource. Beams can be wide, narrow, or other types. Beamforming technology can be called beamforming technique or other technical means. Beamforming technology can specifically be digital beamforming, analog beamforming, or hybrid digital/analog beamforming. Different beams can be considered different resources. The same or different information can be transmitted through different beams. Optionally, multiple beams with the same or similar communication characteristics can be considered as a single beam.
  • a beam can include one or more antenna ports for transmitting data channels, control channels, and detection signals, etc.
  • a transmit beam can refer to the signal strength distribution in different directions in space after a signal is transmitted through an antenna
  • a receive beam can refer to the signal strength distribution in different directions in space of the wireless signal received from the antenna. It is understandable that one or more antenna ports forming a beam can also be considered as a set of antenna ports.
  • beams can also be represented by spatial filters.
  • the Beam information can be identified using index information (ID).
  • ID index information
  • the index information can correspond to the resource identifier of the configured terminal device.
  • the index information can correspond to the ID or resource of the configured Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS), or it can correspond to the ID or resource of the configured Sounding Reference Signal (SRS).
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information-Reference Signal
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the index information can also be index information explicitly or implicitly carried by the signal or channel carried by the beam.
  • the index information can be the index information indicating the beam through the synchronization signal transmitted by the beam or the broadcast channel.
  • the beam information can be identified by the beam's absolute index, relative index, logical index, index of the antenna port corresponding to the beam, index of the antenna port group corresponding to the beam, time index of the downlink synchronization block, beam pair link (BPL) information, beam's corresponding transmit parameters (Tx parameter), beam's corresponding receive parameters (Rx parameter), beam's corresponding transmit weight, weight vector, weight matrix, beam's corresponding receive weight, or their indices, beam's corresponding transmit codebook, beam's corresponding receive codebook, or their indices.
  • BPL beam pair link
  • the beam can be represented as a spatial domain filter, or a spatial parameter, spatial parameter, spatial domain setting, spatial setting, quasi-colocation (QCL) information, QCL assumption, or QCL indication, etc.
  • the beam can be indicated by the transmission configuration indication state (TCI state) parameter or by the spatial relation parameter. Therefore, in this embodiment, the beam can be replaced by spatial filter, spatial filter, spatial parameter, spatial parameter, spatial setting, spatial setting, QCL information, QCL assumption, QCL indication, TCI state, or spatial relation, etc. These terms are also equivalent to each other.
  • the beam can also be replaced with other beam-related terms, which are not limited in this application.
  • the beam used to transmit signals can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), a spatial domain transmission filter, a spatial transmission filter, a spatial domain transmission parameter, or a spatial domain transmission setting.
  • Tx beam transmission beam
  • the downlink transmission beam can be indicated by the TCI state.
  • the beam used to receive signals can be called a reception beam (Rx beam), a spatial domain reception filter, a spatial reception filter, a spatial domain reception parameter, a spatial reception parameter, or a spatial domain reception setting.
  • the uplink transmission beam can be indicated by a spatial relation, an uplink TCI state, or an SRS resource (indicating the transmission beam using that SRS). Therefore, the uplink beam can also be replaced by an SRS resource.
  • the network device can instruct a terminal device which beam to use for uplink transmission or downlink reception.
  • the network device can provide beam indication to the terminal device through different signaling methods, guiding the terminal device on how to receive physical downlink channels or physical downlink signals, and on how to transmit physical uplink channels or physical uplink signals.
  • Beam indication can be achieved through TCI states. That is, the TCI states can be used to indicate the reception parameters of physical downlink channels or downlink signals, and the TCI states can be used to indicate the transmission parameters of physical uplink channels or uplink signals.
  • the physical downlink channel can be, for example, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH);
  • the downlink signal can be, for example, a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) or a synchronization signaling block (SSB);
  • the physical uplink channel can be, for example, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH);
  • the uplink signal can be, for example, a sounding reference signal (SRS), a phase noise tracking reference signal (PTRS), or an uplink positioning reference signal.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • PTRS phase noise tracking reference signal
  • network devices can use a three-level signaling structure of RRC signaling + medium access control-control element (MAC-CE) + downlink control information (DCI) for uplink or downlink channel beamforming.
  • MAC-CE medium access control-control element
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the network device uses RRC signaling to configure multiple TCI states, then uses MAC-CE to activate multiple TCI states from these TCI states, and finally uses DCI to indicate one TCI state from the activated TCI states. This TCI state indicated by the DCI is used for the current PDSCH transmission.
  • the network device can configure up to 128 TCI states using RRC signaling, then activate up to 8 TCI states using MAC-CE (as the standard evolves, the number of activatable TCI states may be greater than 8), and finally use the TCI field in the DCI to indicate one TCI state from the activated TCI states for the current PDSCH transmission.
  • the network device uses the qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS field in the RRC signaling to configure the TCI status of the CSI-RS resource.
  • the TCI status configured in the RRC signaling configuration may include at least one of the following: TCI status identifier (ID), quasi co-location (QCL) type, or QCL-Info of QCL type.
  • ID TCI status identifier
  • QCL quasi co-location
  • QCL-Info QCL type
  • QCL type A Used to indicate time delay, Doppler offset, time delay spread, Doppler spread, that is, QCL type A is used to indicate time frequency offset information;
  • QCL type Used to indicate Doppler offset, Doppler extension
  • QCL type Used to indicate time delay and Doppler offset
  • QCL type Used to indicate the beam.
  • the QCL type of the TCI state is QCL typeA, QCL typeB, or QCL typeC, it indicates that the TCI state is used to indicate information such as time and frequency offset, but does not include spatial information, and is generally used to assist terminal equipment in data reception and demodulation.
  • the QCL type of the TCI state is QCL typeD, it indicates that the TCI state is used to indicate the beam. It should be noted that when the QCL type of the TCI state is QCL typeD, the TCI state and the beam can be interchanged.
  • the QCL type of the TCI state mentioned below is assumed to be QCL typeD.
  • QCL information may include a reference signal field, the value of which may be an SSB index or a CSI-RS resource ID.
  • the reference signal field in the TCI state is a non-zero power CSI-RS resource identifier
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to use the reception parameters of the CSI-RS resource corresponding to that non-zero power CSI-RS resource identifier to receive the physical downlink channel.
  • the terminal device uses the time-frequency offset information of that CSI-RS resource to receive the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device uses the receive beam of that CSI-RS resource to receive the PDSCH.
  • the QCL type of the TCI state is QCL type D
  • the TCI state and the beam can be interchanged.
  • the QCL type of the TCI state discussed below can be assumed to be QCL type D.
  • a unified TCI state was designed.
  • This unified TCI state can be used for uplink and downlink beam indication in millimeter-wave band (FR2) beam management, and is applicable to almost all physical layer channels and reference signals.
  • FR2 millimeter-wave band
  • the downlink PDCCH, PDSCH, and CSI-RS share the same downlink transmit beam of the network equipment; the uplink PUCCH, PUSCH, and SRS use the same uplink transmit beam.
  • a unified TCI state can include a joint TCI state, which can be used to indicate uplink and downlink QCL parameters, providing joint indication of both.
  • a unified TCI state can include a separate downlink TCI state and a separate uplink TCI state.
  • the separate downlink TCI state indicates downlink QCL parameters
  • the separate uplink TCI state indicates uplink QCL parameters.
  • this separate downlink TCI state can be used for the terminal's PDSCH or PDSCH DMRS, PDCCH or PDCCH DMRS, and some downlink reference signals.
  • this separate uplink TCI state can be used for the terminal device's PUSCH or PUSCH DMRS, PUCCH or PUCCH DMRS, and some uplink and downlink reference signals.
  • this combined uplink and downlink TCI state can be used for the terminal device's PDSCH or PDSCH DMRS, PDCCH or PDCCH DMRS, some downlink reference signals, PUSCH or PUSCH DMRS, PUCCH or PUCCH DMRS, and some uplink reference signals.
  • a serving cell can be configured for single transmission reception point (S-TRP) transmission or multi-transmission reception point (M-TRP) parameters.
  • S-TRP single transmission reception point
  • M-TRP multi-transmission reception point
  • configuration can be based on single-downlink control information (S-DCI) or multi-downlink control information (M-DCI).
  • An SBFD symbol can refer to a symbol that performs SBFD operation, and whose frequency domain resources include both uplink and downlink subbands.
  • a non-SBFD symbol can refer to a symbol whose direction is only uplink or downlink.
  • Multi-slot communication refers to the use of multiple consecutive or non-consecutive time slots in the time domain for data/signal/channel transmission.
  • multi-slot communication can include at least one of the following: multi-slot uplink repetitive transmission, multi-slot downlink repetitive transmission, multi-slot uplink periodic transmission, multi-slot downlink periodic transmission, multi-slot PUSCH/PDSCH, or transmission blocks of multi-slot (TBoMS) transmission.
  • Multi-slot uplink repetitive transmission can refer to uplink repetitive transmission occupying multiple consecutive or non-consecutive time slots in the time domain.
  • Uplink repetitive transmission can include at least one of the following: physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) repetitive transmission, physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) repetitive transmission, or configured grant PUSCH (CG PUSCH) repetitive transmission.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • CG PUSCH configured grant PUSCH
  • Multi-slot downlink repetitive transmission can refer to the use of multiple consecutive or non-consecutive time slots in the time domain for downlink repetitive transmission.
  • Downlink repetitive transmission can include at least one of the following: physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) repetitive transmission, physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) repetitive transmission, or semi-persistent scheduling PDSCH (SPS PDSCH) repetitive transmission.
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • SPS PDSCH semi-persistent scheduling PDSCH
  • Multi-slot uplink periodic transmission can refer to uplink periodic transmission that occupies multiple consecutive or non-consecutive time slots in the time domain.
  • Uplink periodic transmission can include at least one of PUSCH periodic transmission, PUCCH periodic transmission, SRS periodic transmission, etc.
  • Multi-slot downlink periodic transmission can refer to the use of multiple consecutive or discontinuous time slots in the time domain for downlink periodic transmission.
  • Downlink periodic transmission can include at least one of the following: PDSCH periodic transmission, PDCCH periodic transmission, CSI-RS periodic transmission, etc.
  • Multi-slot PUSCH/PDSCH can refer to scheduling multiple PUSCH/PDSCHs at once, with these multiple PUSCH/PDSCHs occupying multiple consecutive or non-consecutive time slots in the time domain.
  • the PUSCH/PDSCH can include the PUSCH demodulation reference signal (DMRS)/PDSCH DMRS.
  • DMRS PUSCH demodulation reference signal
  • Scheme 1 for the process of multi-timeslot communication in the scenario of introducing SBFD in TDD system, when the terminal device and the network device need to perform a certain communication (such as multi-timeslot uplink repeated transmission, multi-timeslot downlink repeated transmission, multi-timeslot uplink periodic transmission, multi-timeslot downlink periodic transmission, multi-timeslot PUSCH/PUCCH, or multi-timeslot TBoMS transmission), the terminal device and the network device can determine the resources used for the communication.
  • a certain communication such as multi-timeslot uplink repeated transmission, multi-timeslot downlink repeated transmission, multi-timeslot uplink periodic transmission, multi-timeslot downlink periodic transmission, multi-timeslot PUSCH/PUCCH, or multi-timeslot TBoMS transmission.
  • the resources used for this communication can be among available resources, and these available resources can occupy multiple time slots, for example, time slots 1, 2, 3, and 4 in the time domain.
  • This communication can be configured, indicated, activated, or scheduled by the network device; for example, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and this DCI schedules PDSCH transmission. Furthermore, the resources used for this communication are configured, indicated, or activated by the network device.
  • the resources used for this communication occupy one or more time slots in the time domain. These resources can be a portion or all of the available resources. Furthermore, the time slots occupied by the resources for this communication can be a portion or all of the time slots occupied by the available resources in the time domain, or the time slots occupied by the resources for this communication can be continuous or discontinuous. For example, the resources used for this communication occupy time slot 1 in the time domain; or, the resources used for this communication occupy time slots 1, 3, and 5 in the time domain; or, the resources used for this communication occupy time slots 1, 2, and 3 in the time domain.
  • the type of the symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be SBFD symbol, or the type of the symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be non-SBFD symbol, or the type of the symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be both SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol.
  • terminal devices or network devices can perform the communication through the channel on the resources used for the communication, thereby enabling multi-slot communication in the scenario of introducing SBFD in TDD system.
  • the symbol type of the resource used for this communication in the time domain is SBFD symbol
  • the frequency domain resources of SBFD symbols include uplink and downlink subbands, SBFD symbols can simultaneously support uplink and downlink transmission, thereby improving spectrum utilization and flexibility.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI differ
  • multi-timeslot communication on only the SBFD symbol type simplifies scheduling parameters and transmit/receive processing.
  • the symbol type of the resource used for this communication in the time domain is non-SBFD symbol
  • non-SBFD symbols are either uplink or downlink, they can only support either uplink or downlink transmission.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI differ between symbol types
  • multi-slot communication on only the non-SBFD symbol type can simplify scheduling parameters and transmit/receive processing.
  • the terminal device or network device communicates on SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, enabling multi-timeslot communication in scenarios where SBFD is introduced into a TDD system. This allows for uplink and/or downlink transmission on both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols. Furthermore, communication on SBFD and non-SBFD symbols allows for faster signal/data transmission and reduces transmission latency.
  • a terminal device or network device performs communication via a channel on the resources used for this communication
  • the terminal device transmits signals/data via an uplink channel on the resources used for this communication, and the corresponding network device receives the signals/data; or, the network device transmits signals/data via a downlink channel on the resources used for this communication, and the corresponding terminal device receives the signals/data.
  • the communication is a multi-timeslot uplink repetitive transmission or a multi-timeslot uplink periodic transmission
  • the terminal device performs multi-timeslot uplink repetitive transmission or multi-timeslot uplink periodic transmission on the resources used for this communication.
  • the network device performs multi-timeslot downlink repetitive transmission or multi-timeslot downlink periodic transmission on the resources used for this communication.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart illustrating a communication method according to an embodiment of this application, specifically including the following steps:
  • S210 Communicate on a first resource via a first channel, wherein the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain; the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is both an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol, thereby enabling terminal devices or network devices to communicate on SBFD symbols.
  • network devices can achieve uplink and downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols, or terminal devices can achieve uplink or downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI differ across symbol types, performing multi-slot communication on only the SBFD symbol type simplifies scheduling parameters and transmit/receive processing.
  • the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol, thereby enabling terminal devices or network devices to communicate on non-SBFD symbols.
  • terminal devices or network devices can achieve uplink or downlink transmission through non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the first resource consists of SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, thereby enabling terminal devices or network devices to communicate on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • network devices can achieve uplink and downlink transmission using SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, or terminal devices can achieve uplink or downlink transmission using SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • communication on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols can complete signal/data transmission as quickly as possible, reducing transmission latency.
  • the terminal device can transmit signals/data on the first resource via the first channel, and the corresponding network device can receive the signals/data.
  • the first resource is an uplink resource and the first channel is an uplink channel; or, the network device can transmit signals/data on the first resource via the first channel, and the corresponding terminal device can receive the signals/data.
  • the first resource is a downlink resource and the first channel is a downlink channel.
  • this embodiment may determine the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain in at least one of the following ways:
  • Method 1 the communication is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • this embodiment can introduce an association between the communication and the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the terminal device or network device can determine the communication, it can determine the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain based on the communication and the association, so that the communication can be performed on the symbol corresponding to the determined symbol type, thereby implicitly determining the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the communication is associated with the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain, which can be network-configured, pre-configured, or specified by a standard protocol.
  • Network configuration can be understood as the configuration of network devices through MAC signaling (such as MAC CE), RRC signaling, DCI, or system information.
  • a network device sends a DCI to an end device.
  • the DCI includes a field that indicates the type of symbol associated with the communication in the time domain with a first resource. For example, when the communication is a PUSCH transmission, the field may indicate that the PUSCH is associated with an SBFD symbol, or with a non-SBFD symbol, or with both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols.
  • the communication is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain, including the transmission method of the communication being associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the terminal device or network device can determine the transmission method of the communication, the terminal device or network device can determine the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain according to the transmission method of the communication, so that the terminal device or network device can perform the communication on the first resource according to the transmission method of the communication.
  • the transmission method of this communication can be one of the following: multi-timeslot periodic transmission, multi-timeslot repetitive transmission, multi-timeslot PUSCH/PDSCH, or TBoMS transmission.
  • multi-timeslot periodic transmission refers to either multi-timeslot uplink periodic transmission or multi-timeslot downlink periodic transmission
  • multi-timeslot repetitive transmission refers to either multi-timeslot uplink repetitive transmission or multi-timeslot downlink repetitive transmission.
  • the transmission method of this communication can be network configuration, network indication, or network scheduling. For example, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and this DCI schedules periodic PDSCH transmission.
  • the terminal device For multi-timeslot uplink periodic transmission, the terminal device periodically transmits data/signals on the first resource through the uplink channel, and the corresponding network device receives the data/signals.
  • the network device For multi-timeslot downlink periodic transmission, the network device periodically transmits data/signals on the first resource through the downlink channel, and the corresponding terminal device receives the data/signals.
  • the multi-timeslot periodic transmission is associated with the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain; this association can be network-configured, pre-configured, or specified by a standard protocol.
  • multi-slot periodic transmission can be associated with SBFD symbols, allowing the terminal device or network device to perform periodic data/signal transmission on SBFD symbols.
  • multi-slot periodic transmission can be associated with non-SBFD symbols, allowing the terminal device or network device to perform periodic data/signal transmission on non-SBFD symbols.
  • multi-slot periodic transmission can be associated with both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, allowing the terminal device or network device to perform periodic data/signal transmission on both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • a network device sends a DCI to an end device.
  • This DCI schedules periodic PDSCH transmissions and indicates that the periodic PDSCH transmissions are associated with SBFD symbols. In this way, the network device or the end device only performs periodic PDSCH transmissions on SBFD symbols.
  • the terminal device For multi-slot uplink repetitive transmission, the terminal device repeatedly transmits data/signals on the first resource through the uplink channel, and the corresponding network device receives the data/signals.
  • the network device For multi-slot downlink repetitive transmission, the network device repeatedly transmits data/signals on the first resource through the downlink channel, and the corresponding terminal device receives the data/signals.
  • the multi-slot repetitive transmission is associated with the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain; this association can be network-configured, pre-configured, or specified by a standard protocol.
  • multi-slot uplink/downlink repetitive transmission can be associated with SBFD symbols, so that the terminal device or network device performs repetitive transmission of data/signals on SBFD symbols.
  • multi-slot uplink/downlink repetitive transmission can be associated with non-SBFD symbols, so that the terminal device or network device performs repetitive transmission of data/signals on non-SBFD symbols.
  • multi-slot uplink/downlink repetitive transmission can be associated with both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, so that the terminal device or network device performs repetitive transmission of data/signals on both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • a network device sends a DCI to an end device.
  • This DCI schedules PUSCH retransmissions and indicates that PUSCH retransmissions are associated with SBFD symbols. In this way, the network device or the end device only performs PUSCH retransmissions on SBFD symbols.
  • the terminal device or network device For TBoMS transmission, the terminal device or network device performs TBoMS transmission on the first resource.
  • the TBoMS transmission is associated with the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain; this association can be network-configured, pre-configured, or specified by a standard protocol.
  • TBoMS transmissions can be associated with SBFD symbols, allowing the terminal device or network device to perform TBoMS transmissions on SBFD symbols.
  • TBoMS transmissions can be associated with non-SBFD symbols, allowing the terminal device or network device to perform TBoMS transmissions on non-SBFD symbols.
  • TBoMS transmissions can be associated with both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, allowing the terminal device or network device to perform TBoMS transmissions on both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • the communication is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain, including the association of the signal used for the communication with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the terminal device or network device can determine the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain based on the signal used for the communication, and transmit the signal used for the communication on the first resource.
  • the signals used for this communication can be SRS or CSI-RS, etc. Additionally, the signals used for this communication can be network configuration, network indication, network activation, or network scheduling. For example, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, which schedules periodic CSI-RS transmissions.
  • the terminal device transmits SRS on the first resource, and the corresponding network device receives the SRS.
  • the SRS is associated with the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain; this association can be network-configured, pre-configured, or specified by a standard protocol.
  • SRS can be associated with SBFD symbols, so that the terminal device transmits SRS on SBFD symbols.
  • SRS can be associated with non-SBFD symbols, so that the terminal device transmits SRS on non-SBFD symbols.
  • SRS can be associated with both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, so that the terminal device transmits SRS on both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • CSI-RS For CSI-RS, network devices transmit CSI-RS on the first resource, and corresponding terminal devices receive the CSI-RS.
  • the CSI-RS is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain; this association can be network-configured, pre-configured, or specified by a standard protocol.
  • CSI-RS can be associated with SBFD symbols, so that network devices transmit CSI-RS on SBFD symbols.
  • CSI-RS can be associated with non-SBFD symbols, so that network devices transmit CSI-RS on non-SBFD symbols.
  • CSI-RS can be associated with both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, so that network devices transmit CSI-RS on both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols.
  • the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain is determined according to the network configuration method.
  • the network configuration method refers to the network device instructing/configuring the type of the first TCI and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain through information such as RRC signaling, MAC signaling (e.g., MAC CE), or DCI.
  • RRC signaling e.g., RRC signaling
  • MAC signaling e.g., MAC CE
  • DCI DCI
  • a higher-level signaling (such as RRC signaling or MAC CE) configuration or DCI indication may be one of the following: a first value, a second value, or a third value.
  • the first value can indicate that the symbol type is a non-SBFD symbol; in this case, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device or network device only performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission occurs only within the available frequency domain resources of non-SBFD symbols in the corresponding symbol direction.
  • the available frequency domain resources in the corresponding symbol direction refer to symbols conforming to the transmission or reception direction of the corresponding channel or signal.
  • PDSCH can only be transmitted within downlink or flexible symbols and must be within the currently active DL BWP; similarly, PUSCH can only be transmitted within uplink or flexible symbols and must be within the currently active UL BWP.
  • moments in other symbol types may be discarded or postponed; for example, transmission or reception moments within SBFD symbols may be discarded or postponed.
  • the second value can indicate that the symbol type is SBFD symbol; in this case, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device or network device only performs the communication on SBFD symbols.
  • transmission occurs only within the available frequency domain resources of the SBFD symbol in the corresponding symbol direction.
  • the available frequency domain resources in the corresponding symbol direction refer to symbols conforming to the transmission or reception direction of the corresponding channel or signal.
  • PDSCH can only be transmitted in the downlink subband of an SBFD symbol and must be within the currently active DL BWP; similarly, PUSCH can only be transmitted in the uplink subband of an SBFD symbol and must be within the currently active UL BWP.
  • moments in other symbol types may be discarded or postponed; for example, the transmission or reception moments of non-SBFD symbols may be discarded or postponed.
  • the third value indicates that the symbol type is SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol; in this case, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal device or network device performs the communication on non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol.
  • the third value can be represented by either (all).
  • the network device only needs to indicate the type of the resource symbol in the time domain used for communication to the terminal device once.
  • This indicated type can be applied to each communication.
  • the type of the resource symbol in the time domain used in each communication is the same as the type indicated, allowing the type of the resource symbol in the time domain used in each communication to be the same. This way, a single indication is used for multiple communications, thus saving signaling overhead.
  • the network device needs to indicate to the terminal device the type of the resource symbol in the time domain for each communication.
  • This separate network indication of the resource symbol type in the time domain for each communication allows for different resource symbol types in each communication, thus facilitating diverse resource configurations.
  • the following example illustrates how first information indicates the type of symbol of a first resource in the time domain.
  • a network device can send first information to a terminal device, and the corresponding terminal device receives the first information.
  • the first information since the first information is sent by the network device, it enables the network to directly indicate the type of symbol of the resource used for the communication in the time domain.
  • the type of symbol indicated by the first information can be applied to multiple communications between the network device and the terminal device. That is, the type of symbol indicated by the first information is applicable not only to this communication but also to other communications between the network device and the terminal device. Alternatively, the type of symbol indicated by the first information may only be applicable to this communication, while the resources used in other communications between the network device and the terminal device are symbol types in the time domain, requiring additional indication from the network device.
  • the network device may send first information to the terminal device before conducting the communication via the channel on the first resource.
  • the network device sends first information to the terminal device before S210.
  • the first information indicates the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the first information is carried by RRC signaling, MAC signaling, DCI, or system information.
  • the network since the RRC signaling, MAC signaling, DCI, or system information is sent by the network device, the network indicates the type of symbol for the first resource in the time domain.
  • the first piece of information is one of the first, second, or third values.
  • the meanings of the first, second, and third values can be found in the above description. That is, for this communication, the first value indicates that the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol, the second value indicates that the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol, and the third value indicates that the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is both an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol.
  • the value of the 2 bits "00” can be used as the first value
  • the value of the 2 bits "01” can be used as the second value
  • the value of the 2 bits "10” can be used as the third value.
  • Network devices can configure at least one TCI for uplink and/or downlink transmissions, and the TCI has a TCI state.
  • the TCI state can indicate the receive parameters of the physical downlink channel or downlink signal, or it can indicate the transmit parameters of the physical uplink channel or uplink signal. Additionally, when the QCL type of the TCI state is QCL type D, this TCI state is used to indicate the beam.
  • Scheme 2 for the process of multi-timeslot communication in a TDD system with SBFD, when the terminal device and the network device need to perform a certain communication (such as multi-timeslot uplink repetitive transmission, multi-timeslot downlink repetitive transmission, multi-timeslot uplink periodic transmission, multi-timeslot downlink periodic transmission, multi-timeslot PUSCH/PUCCH, or multi-timeslot TBoMS transmission), the network device and the terminal device can determine the resources used for the communication and the first TCI used for the communication transmission.
  • the resources used for the communication are among the available resources, and these available resources occupy multiple time slots in the time domain, for example, time slots 1, 2, 3, and 4.
  • the terminal device can perform the communication with the network device based on the first TCI.
  • this communication can be network device configuration, network device indication, network device activation, or network device scheduling.
  • a network device sends a DCI to a terminal device, which schedules PDSCH transmission.
  • the resources used for this communication are network device configuration, network device indication, or network device activation.
  • this communication transmission requires the use of the first TCI.
  • DCI schedules PDSCH transmission, which uses the first TCI.
  • the QCL type of the first TCI's TCI state is one of QCL type A, QCL type B, QCL type C, or QCL type D.
  • QCL type D of the first TCI can indicate a beam, allowing the terminal device and network device to communicate via that beam.
  • the resources used for this communication occupy one or more time slots in the time domain. These resources can be a portion or all of the available resources. Furthermore, the time slots occupied by the resources used for this communication in the time domain can be a portion or all of the time slots occupied by the available resources in the time domain, or the time slots occupied by the resources used for this communication can be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the type of the symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be SBFD symbol, or the type of the symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be non-SBFD symbol, or the type of the symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be both SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol.
  • terminal devices or network devices can perform the communication through the channel on the resources used for the communication based on the first TCI, thereby realizing multi-timeslot communication in the scenario of introducing SBFD in TDD system.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart illustrating another communication method according to an embodiment of this application, specifically including the following steps:
  • the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain; the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain; or the first resource is both an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • terminal devices or network devices can communicate through the first channel on the first resource based on the first TCI, thereby enabling multi-slot communication in the scenario of introducing SBFD in a TDD system.
  • the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol
  • network devices can achieve uplink and downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols, or terminal devices can achieve uplink or downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol
  • terminal devices or network devices can achieve uplink or downlink transmission through non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the first resource consists of SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, thereby enabling terminal devices or network devices to communicate on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • network devices can achieve uplink and downlink transmission using SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, or terminal devices can achieve uplink or downlink transmission using SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • communication on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols can complete signal/data transmission as quickly as possible, reducing transmission latency.
  • the following embodiment determines the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain for the first TCI and the first resource in the first resource in one of the following ways.
  • this embodiment considers the type association between TCI and the symbol of the resource in the time domain.
  • This type association between TCI and the symbol of the resource in the time domain can be network-configured, network-indicated, or default.
  • the default association rule can be predefined through standard protocols.
  • the MAC CE includes the following fields:
  • This field indicates the identifier of the serving cell to which this MAC CE applies;
  • Downlink Bandwidth Partial Identifier (DL BWP ID) field This field indicates the DL BWP applicable to this MAC CE;
  • Uplink Bandwidth Partial Identifier (UL BWP ID) field This field indicates the UL BWP applicable to this MAC CE;
  • D/U field This field indicates whether the TCI status ID in the same byte is for the combined/downlink or uplink TCI status; if this field is set to 1, then the TCI status ID in the same byte is for the combined/downlink TCI status; if this field is set to 0, then the TCI status ID in the same byte is for the uplink TCI status.
  • Symbol Type field this field indicates whether the TCI state activated by this MAC CE is associated with an SBFD symbol or non-SBFD;
  • the Reserved (R) field indicates reserved bits and is set to 0.
  • TCI state ID field This field indicates the TCI state identifier.
  • the default association rule is as follows: For multiple TCIs configured on a network device, the first TCI is associated with the SBFD symbol, the second TCI is associated with the non-SBFD symbol, and the third TCI is associated with both the SBFD symbol and the non-SBFD symbol.
  • Figure 5 is a flowchart illustrating another communication method according to an embodiment of this application, specifically including the following steps:
  • the network device sends first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate at least one TCI, the at least one TCI being associated with the type of symbol of the resource in the time domain;
  • the terminal device determines, from the at least one TCI, the type of the symbol of the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain;
  • S530 is the same as S310, so it will not be described again.
  • At least one TCI indicated by the first indication information can be a unified TCI state or a traditional TCI state, which will be explained in detail below.
  • the TCI indicated by the first indication information includes the TCI of a TCI codepoint.
  • the TCI of this codepoint is associated with the type of symbol of the resource in the time domain, and the TCI state of this codepoint's TCI is a unified TCI state.
  • TCI can be equated with TCI state.
  • This MAC CE is used to activate/deactivate the unified TCI state.
  • This MAC CE can activate the TCI of one TCI code point.
  • the TCI of this TCI code point can include two TCIs or one TCI, or in other words, the TCI state of the TCI code point can include two TCI states or one TCI state.
  • TCI code point When a TCI code point comprises two TCIs, one of the two TCIs is associated with a non-SBFD symbol and the other TCI is associated with an SBFD symbol.
  • the TCI states of the two TCIs can be separate TCI states or joint TCI states. Specifically, when a TCI code point comprises one TCI, that one TCI is associated with both a non-SBFD symbol and an SBFD symbol.
  • a TCI code point for an independent TCI state, includes one of uplink TCI state 1 or downlink TCI state 1, and one of uplink TCI state 2 or downlink TCI state 2.
  • Uplink TCI state 1 is associated with SBFD symbols
  • downlink TCI state 1 is associated with SBFD symbols
  • uplink TCI state 2 is associated with non-SBFD symbols
  • downlink TCI state 2 is associated with non-SBFD symbols.
  • a TCI code point for a joint TCI state, includes joint TCI state 1 and joint TCI state 2.
  • Joint TCI state 1 is associated with an SBFD symbol
  • joint TCI state 2 is associated with an SBFD symbol.
  • a MAC CE includes the following fields:
  • This field indicates the identifier of the serving cell to which this MAC CE applies;
  • Downlink Bandwidth Partial Identifier (DL BWP ID) field This field indicates the DL BWP applicable to this MAC CE;
  • Uplink Bandwidth Partial Identifier (UL BWP ID) field This field indicates the UL BWP applicable to this MAC CE;
  • R Reserved
  • N/S field This field indicates whether the TCI status identifier in the same byte is used for the combined TCI status or the independent TCI status; if this field is set to 1, the TCI status identifier in the same byte is used for the combined TCI status; if this field is set to 0, the TCI status identifier in the same byte is used for the independent TCI status.
  • TCI Status Identifier Field This field indicates the TCI status identifier.
  • the first indication information can indicate the TCI of a TCI code point, which may include two TCIs or one TCI.
  • these two TCIs are the first candidate TCI and the second candidate TCI.
  • the first candidate TCI is associated with a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second candidate TCI is associated with an SBFD symbol.
  • the TCI state of the first candidate TCI can be a separate DL TCI state, a separate uplink TCI state, or a joint TCI state.
  • the TCI state of the second candidate TCI can be an independent downlink TCI state, an independent uplink TCI state, or a combined TCI state.
  • the first candidate TCI is associated with a non-SBFD symbol, which can be configured by the network device or specified by a standard protocol.
  • the second candidate TCI may be associated with the SBFD symbol, which may be configured by the network device or specified by a standard protocol.
  • the terminal device can determine the type of the first TCI and the first resource symbol in the time domain based on the network configuration method.
  • the network configuration method refers to the indication/configuration by the network device through higher-layer signaling (such as RRC signaling or MAC CE) or DCI information.
  • the terminal device in S520 determines the type of the symbol of the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain from the at least one TCI, which may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives second indication information, which is used to indicate the type of symbol of the first TCI and/or the first resource in the time domain;
  • the terminal device determines the type of the symbol of the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain based on the second instruction information.
  • the second indication information can be carried by higher-layer signaling (such as RRC signaling or MAC CE) or DCI. Furthermore, regarding the determination of the type of symbols for the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain based on the second indication information, this embodiment has the following situations:
  • the type of the symbol associated with the first TCI is determined to be the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain. This is because, since the first TCI is associated with the type of symbol, the terminal device can determine the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain based on the first TCI.
  • the TCI associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain is determined to be the first TCI. This is because, since the TCI is associated with the type of the symbol, the terminal device can determine the first TCI based on the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of symbols for the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain.
  • the second indication information includes one of the first value, the second value, the third value, or the fourth value.
  • the first value indicates that the type of the first candidate TCI and/or symbol is a non-SBFD symbol; in this case, the first TCI is the first candidate TCI, and the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device or network device only performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols. Since the first candidate TCI is associated with the non-SBFD symbol, when the first value only indicates the first candidate TCI, the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain can be determined to be a non-SBFD symbol based on the association; or, when the first value only indicates that the type of the symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, the first TCI can be determined to be the first candidate TCI based on the association.
  • the available frequency domain resources in the non-SBFD direction of the corresponding symbol refer to symbols that conform to the transmission or reception direction of the corresponding channel or signal.
  • PDSCH can only be within downlink symbols or flexible symbols and must be within the currently active DL BWP.
  • PUSCH can only be within uplink symbols or flexible symbols and must be within the currently active UL BWP.
  • moments in other symbol types may be discarded or postponed; for example, transmission or reception moments within SBFD symbols may be discarded or postponed.
  • the second value indicates that the type of the second candidate TCI and/or symbol is an SBFD symbol; in this case, the first TCI is the second candidate TCI, and the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device or network device performs the communication only on SBFD symbols. Since the second candidate TCI is associated with the SBFD symbol, when the second value only indicates the second candidate TCI, the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain can be determined to be an SBFD symbol based on the association; or, when the first value only indicates that the type of the symbol is an SBFD symbol, the first TCI can be determined to be the second candidate TCI based on the association.
  • the available frequency domain resources in the corresponding symbol direction refer to symbols that conform to the corresponding channel or signal transmission or reception direction.
  • PDSCH can only be in the downlink subband of an SBFD symbol and must be within the currently active DL BWP; similarly, PUSCH can only be in the uplink subband of an SBFD symbol and must be within the currently active UL BWP.
  • moments in other symbol types may be discarded or postponed, for example, moments in the transmission or reception of non-SBFD symbols may be discarded or postponed.
  • the third value indicates that the symbol type is either SBFD symbol or non-SBFD symbol; in this case, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is either non-SBFD symbol or SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal device or network device performs the communication on both non-SBFD and SBFD symbols.
  • the third value can be represented by either (all). Furthermore, since the first candidate TCI is associated with a non-SBFD symbol and the second candidate TCI is associated with an SBFD symbol, the first candidate TCI is used when transmitting on a non-SBFD symbol, and the second candidate TCI is used when transmitting on an SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal device or network device applies its respective TCI only within the available frequency domain resources in the corresponding symbol direction.
  • the first candidate TCI is applied within the available frequency domain resources in the non-SBFD symbol direction
  • the second candidate TCI is applied within the available frequency domain resources in the SBFD symbol direction.
  • the fourth value indicates that the symbol type is SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol; in this case, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal device or network device performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols.
  • the first candidate TCI is associated with a non-SBFD symbol and the second candidate TCI is associated with an SBFD symbol
  • the first candidate TCI is used when transmitting on a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second candidate TCI is used when transmitting on an SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal device or network device applies the same TCI only within the available frequency domain resources in the corresponding symbol direction.
  • This same TCI is one TCI other than the first candidate TCI and the second candidate TCI.
  • the first TCI is one TCI other than the first candidate TCI and the second candidate TCI.
  • the fourth value can be represented by None.
  • the terminal device can determine the type of the first TCI and the first resource symbol in the time domain according to a default method.
  • This default method can be predefined by a standard protocol, or used when specific conditions are met, and these specific conditions will differ for different channels.
  • the default option is one of the following:
  • the communication uses the first candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type is a non-SBFD symbol; in this case, the first TCI is the first candidate TCI, and the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device or network device only performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols; since the first candidate TCI is associated with the non-SBFD symbol, when the communication is defaulted to using the first candidate TCI, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain can be determined to be a non-SBFD symbol based on the association; or, when the default symbol type is a non-SBFD symbol, the first TCI can be determined to be the first candidate TCI based on the association.
  • Option 2 The communication uses a second candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type is SBFD symbol; in this case, the first TCI is the second candidate TCI, and the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device or network device only performs the communication on SBFD symbols; since the second candidate TCI is associated with SBFD symbols, when the communication is defaulted to using the second candidate TCI, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain can be determined to be SBFD symbol based on the association; or, when the default symbol type is SBFD symbol, the first TCI can be determined to be the second candidate TCI based on the association.
  • the symbol type is the type of the symbol of the resource where the first channel or signal is located, and the TCI used by the communication is determined by the symbol type.
  • the first channel or signal is a DCI-scheduled channel or signal, it refers to the symbol type of the first channel or signal at the transmission or reception position determined by the DCI scheduling; if the first channel or signal is a channel or signal configured by higher-layer signaling, it refers to the symbol type of the first channel or signal at the transmission or reception position within each cycle; if the first channel or signal is a channel or signal configured by higher-layer signaling and activated by MAC-CE, it refers to the symbol type of the first channel or signal at the transmission or reception position within each cycle; if the first channel or signal is a channel or signal configured by higher-layer signaling and activated by DCI, it refers to the symbol type of the first channel or signal at the transmission or reception position within each cycle, or the symbol type at the first activation time position.
  • the TCI used in the communication which is determined by the type of the symbol, if the symbol type is a non-SBFD symbol, then since the first candidate TCI is associated with the non-SBFD symbol, the TCI used in the communication is the first candidate TCI, and the first TCI is the first candidate TCI; if the symbol type is an SBFD symbol, then since the second candidate TCI is associated with the SBFD symbol, the TCI used in the communication is the second candidate TCI, and the first TCI is the second candidate TCI.
  • the symbol type is SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol; in this case, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal device or network device performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols.
  • the first candidate TCI is associated with a non-SBFD symbol and the second candidate TCI is associated with an SBFD symbol
  • the first candidate TCI is used when transmitting on a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second candidate TCI is used when transmitting on an SBFD symbol.
  • the following embodiments will illustrate the determination of the type of the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain according to the network configuration method or default method mentioned above.
  • Example 1 Taking the communication as a PDSCH transmission scheduled/activated by DCI (such as DCI format 1_0/1_1/1_2/1_3) as an example, as shown in Table 1, when the terminal device is configured with a first candidate TCI and a second candidate TCI, if the terminal device is in frequency range 1 (FR1), or if the terminal device supports the capability of two default beams, or if the terminal device does not support the capability of two default beams, or if the offset between the end position of the PDCCH where the DCI is located and the start position of the PDSCH scheduled/activated by the DCI is equal to or greater than a threshold, or if the offset between the end position of the PDCCH where the DCI is located and the start position of the PDSCH scheduled/activated by the DCI is less than a threshold, then one of the following situations exists:
  • the higher-layer signaling indicates the first TCI used by the PDSCH transmission scheduled or activated by the DCI.
  • the higher-layer signaling indicates one of the following: a first value, a second value, a third value, or a fourth value.
  • DCI format 1_0 is carried by a non-Type 0/0A/2CSS search space PDCCH on Control Resource Set 0 (CORESET 0)
  • the PDSCH scheduled or activated by DCI format 1_0 uses either the first candidate TCI or the second candidate TCI.
  • the first TCI used by the PDSCH scheduled or activated by the DCI is determined according to the default method.
  • the default method option is one of the following:
  • Option 1 The PDSCH transmission scheduled or activated by the DCI uses the first candidate TCI, and the PDSCH is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols; in this case, the first TCI is the first candidate TCI, and the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol.
  • Option 2 The PDSCH transmission scheduled or activated by the DCI uses the second candidate TCI, and the PDSCH is transmitted only on SBFD symbols; in this case, the first TCI is the second candidate TCI, and the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbol.
  • PDSCH is transmitted only on the symbol type of the resource containing the first channel or signal scheduled or activated by DCI format 1_0, and the TCI used for PDSCH transmission is determined by the symbol type. For example, if the symbol type of the resource containing the first SPS PDSCH activated by DCI format 1_0 is SBFD symbol, then all subsequent SPS PDSCHs will be transmitted only on SBFD symbols, while non-SBFD symbols will be discarded or postponed.
  • Option 4 The PDSCH is transmitted on both non-SBFD and SBFD symbols.
  • Case 3 When the DCI (e.g., DCI format 1_1/1_2/1_3) has a first field (e.g., the first field is a timing selection field, and its existence is configured by higher-layer signaling), the terminal device should determine the first TCI used by the PDSCH scheduled or activated by the DCI and the type of symbol of the PDSCH resource in the time domain based on the following:
  • the PDSCH scheduled or activated by the DCI uses the first candidate TCI, and the PDSCH is transmitted only on the available frequency domain resources of the downlink subband of the non-SBFD symbol.
  • the PDSCH scheduled or activated by the DCI uses the second candidate TCI, and the PDSCH is transmitted only on the available frequency domain resources of the downlink subband of the SBFD symbol.
  • the PDSCH scheduled or activated by this DCI is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols; wherein, when the PDSCH is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols, the first candidate TCI is used; when the PDSCH is transmitted on SBFD symbols, the second candidate TCI is used.
  • Case 3 When the DCI (such as DCI format 1_1/1_2/1_3) does not have a first field, the first TCI used by the PDSCH scheduled or activated by the DCI and the type of the symbol of the PDSCH resource in the time domain are determined according to the default method.
  • DCI such as DCI format 1_1/1_2/1_3
  • Example 2 Using the PDCCH in the CORESET as the communication, the DM-RS antenna port for receiving the PDCCH and the DM-RS antenna port for the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI carried by the PDCCH are quasi-co-located in the TCI state as reference signals.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal provided by the first candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols; in this case, the first TCI is the first candidate TCI.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal of the second candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted only on the SBFD symbol; in this case, the first TCI is the second candidate TCI.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal of other TCIs besides the first candidate TCI and the second candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols; in this case, the first TCI is other TCIs; wherein, the other TCIs are indicated by the MAC CE activation command of the CORESET.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal provided by the first candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols; in this case, the first TCI is the first candidate TCI.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal of the second candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted only on the SBFD symbol; in this case, the first TCI is the second candidate TCI.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal of the first candidate TCI and the second candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols; wherein, when the PDCCH is transmitted on a non-SBFD symbol, the first candidate TCI is used; when the PDCCH is transmitted on an SBFD symbol, the second candidate TCI is used.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal of other TCIs besides the first candidate TCI and the second candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols; in this case, the first TCI is other TCIs; wherein, the other TCIs are indicated by the MAC CE activation command of the CORESET.
  • Case 3 Otherwise, the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is co-located with the SSB quasi-co-located in the most recent random access procedure.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal provided by the first candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols; in this case, the first TCI is the first candidate TCI.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal of the second candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted only on the SBFD symbol; in this case, the first TCI is the second candidate TCI.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal of the first candidate TCI and the second candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols; wherein, when the PDCCH is transmitted on a non-SBFD symbol, the first candidate TCI is used; when the PDCCH is transmitted on an SBFD symbol, the second candidate TCI is used.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal provided by the first candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols; in this case, the first TCI is the first candidate TCI.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal of the second candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted only on the SBFD symbol; in this case, the first TCI is the second candidate TCI.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal of the first candidate TCI and the second candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols; wherein, when the PDCCH is transmitted on a non-SBFD symbol, the first candidate TCI is used; when the PDCCH is transmitted on an SBFD symbol, the second candidate TCI is used.
  • the DM-RS antenna port used for receiving the PDCCH is quasi-co-located with the reference signal of other TCIs besides the first candidate TCI and the second candidate TCI, and the PDCCH is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols; in this case, the first TCI is other TCIs; wherein, the other TCIs are indicated by the MAC CE activation command of the CORESET.
  • Example 3 Taking CSI-RS transmission as an example, the terminal device is configured with a first candidate TCI and a second candidate TCI.
  • the RRC configuration will be a first value, a second value, or a third value.
  • the higher-level configuration uses either a first value or a second value.
  • the aperiodic CSI-RS transmission uses the first candidate TCI; when the higher-level configuration uses the first value, the aperiodic CSI-RS transmission uses the second candidate TCI; otherwise, the aperiodic CSI-RS transmission uses the first candidate TCI.
  • a DL signal exists in the same symbol as the aperiodic CSI-RS, then if any other DL signal with an indicated TCI state exists in the same symbol as the CSI-RS, the terminal device also applies the QCL assumption for the other DL signals when receiving the aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • Other DL signals refer to scheduled PDSCHs with a time greater than or equal to a threshold threshold, periodic CSI-RS, semi-persistent CSI-RS, or aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • the higher-layer configuration uses either a first value or a second value.
  • the AP CSI-RS transmission uses the first candidate TCI; when the higher-layer configuration uses the second value, the second candidate TCI is used.
  • Example 4 Taking the communication as a PUSCH transmission as an example, the terminal device is configured with a first candidate TCI and a second candidate TCI.
  • the higher layer configures a first value, meaning that the PUSCH is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols.
  • PUSCH transmissions scheduled or activated by DCI format 0_0 use the first candidate TCI.
  • Type 1 configured licensed PUSCH uses the first candidate TCI and/or the second candidate TCI.
  • the PUSCH transmission timing or PUSCH antenna port associated with the first SRS resource set used for CB/NCB transmissions uses the first candidate TCI.
  • the PUSCH transmission timing and PUSCH antenna port associated with the second SRS resource set used for CB/NNCB transmissions use the second candidate TCI.
  • Example 5 Taking PUCCH transmission as an example, the terminal device is configured with a first candidate TCI and a second candidate TCI.
  • the PUCCH uses the first candidate TCI and is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols. If the higher layer configures the second value, the PUCCH uses the second candidate TCI and is transmitted only on SBFD symbols. If the higher layer configures the third value, the PDCCH is transmitted on both non-SBFD and SBFD symbols; wherein, when the PDCCH is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols, the first candidate TCI is used; and when the PDCCH is transmitted on SBFD symbols, the second candidate TCI is used.
  • Example 6 Taking the signal used for this communication as SRS as an example, the terminal device is configured with a first candidate TCI and a second candidate TCI. For periodic, semi-persistent, or aperiodic SRS resource sets, if the higher layer configures the first value, the SRS transmission on the SRS resource set uses the first candidate TCI; if the higher layer configures the second value, the SRS transmission on the SRS resource set uses the second candidate TCI.
  • the first candidate TCI corresponds to a coresetPoolIndex value of 0
  • the second candidate TCI corresponds to a coresetPoolIndex value of 1.
  • the SRS transmission on the aperiodic SRS resource set uses the TCI state or TCI UL State specific to the coresetPoolIndex value.
  • the TCI indicated by the first indication information includes the TCI of a TCI codepoint.
  • the TCI of this TCI codepoint is associated with the type of symbol of the resource in the time domain, and the TCI state of this TCI codepoint is the traditional TCI state.
  • TCI can be equated with TCI state.
  • TCI state ID field in the MAC CE as an example to illustrate the concept.
  • Network devices can configure TCI states via RRC, such as configuring a maximum of 128 TCI states for a terminal device via PDSCH-Config. Then, the network device can activate N (N is a positive integer) groups of TCI states from the RRC-configured TCI states according to the MAC CE format shown in Figure 8, and indicate this to the terminal device via MAC-CE signaling.
  • N is a positive integer
  • the MAC CE in Figure 8 includes the following fields:
  • R field Indicates reserved bits
  • This field indicates the serving cell to which this MAC-CE can be applied, and occupies 5 bits;
  • BWP ID Bandwidth Part Identifier
  • TCI state ID m,n takes values from 0 to N, corresponding to at most N TCI states; n takes values from 1 to 2, corresponding to a TCI state that may include one or two TCI states.
  • the TCI state ID m,n can represent the nth TCI state in the TCI state group corresponding to m. Therefore, the network device can configure up to 8 TCI states for the terminal device through the MAC CE.
  • Each TCI state group includes one or two TCI states, and each TCI state group occupies two consecutive bytes (Oct) in the MAC CE, with each byte containing 8 bits.
  • Each TCI state consists of two TCI states.
  • the first TCI state is indicated by the Ci field to indicate its presence or absence, and the second TCI state is indicated by one bit to indicate its presence or absence.
  • the first group of TCI states occupies Oct 3 and Oct 4.
  • the two TCI states in this group are denoted as TCI state ID 0,1 and TCI state ID 0,2 .
  • TCI state ID 0,1 is indicated by the C 0 field to indicate its presence or absence, while the S 0 field in Oct 3 indicates the presence or absence of TCI state ID 0,2 . It is understood that Oct 3 and Oct 4 are optional bytes when the network device configures the MAC CE to the terminal device.
  • the network device can use the DCI to indicate one set of TCI states from the multiple sets of TCI states configured by the MAC CE to the terminal device. For example, if the network device has configured 8 sets of TCI states through the MAC CE, the network device can include 3 bits in the DCI. The value of these 3 bits ranges from 0 to 7, and each value can be recorded as one code point. One code point corresponds to one set of TCI states in the MAC CE.
  • the terminal device can communicate with two TRPs based on two TCI states from the set of TCI states indicated by the DCI, and these two TCI states correspond one-to-one with the two TRPs.
  • TCI state ID m,1 is associated with non-SBFD symbols; TCI state ID m,2 is associated with SBFD symbols.
  • TCI state ID m,1 does not exist, the communication is only transmitted within SBFD symbols; when TCI state ID m,2 does not exist, the communication is only transmitted within non-SBFD symbols.
  • TCI state ID m,1 and TCI state ID m,2 exist, the communication is transmitted across SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • TCI state ID m,1 is the first candidate TCI
  • TCI state ID m,2 is the second candidate TCI.
  • the first indication information can indicate a set of TCIs, which includes a first candidate TCI and a second candidate TCI.
  • the first candidate TCI is associated with a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second candidate TCI is associated with an SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal device can determine the type of the first TCI and the first resource symbol in the time domain based on the network configuration method.
  • the network configuration method refers to the indication/configuration by the network device through higher-layer signaling (such as RRC signaling or MAC CE) or DCI information.
  • determining the type of the symbol of the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain from the at least one TCI in S520 may include the following steps:
  • Receive second indication information which is used to indicate the type of symbol of the first TCI and/or the first resource in the time domain
  • the type of the symbol for the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain is determined based on the second instruction information.
  • the second indication information can be carried by higher-layer signaling (such as RRC signaling or MAC CE) or DCI. Furthermore, regarding the determination of the type of symbols for the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain based on the second indication information, this embodiment has the following situations:
  • the type of the symbol associated with the first TCI is determined to be the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain. This is because, since the first TCI is associated with the type of symbol, the terminal device can determine the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain based on the first TCI.
  • the TCI associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain is determined to be the first TCI. This is because, since the TCI is associated with the type of the symbol, the terminal device can determine the first TCI based on the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of symbols for the first TCI and the first resource in the time domain.
  • the following embodiments illustrate, through several examples, how a network device indicates the type of the first TCI and the first resource symbol used in the communication transmission in the time domain via higher-layer signaling.
  • Example a Taking the PDCCH in a CORESET as an example, the network device can activate TCI state ID m, 1 and TCI state ID m, 2 from the TCI state configured in the RRC for a PDCCH in a CORESET according to the MAC CE format shown in Figure 9, and instruct the first TCI to the terminal device through MAC CE.
  • the MAC CE in Figure 9 includes the following fields:
  • R field Indicates reserved bits
  • This field indicates the serving cell to which this MAC-CE can be applied, and occupies 5 bits;
  • the CORESET ID field indicates that it is a CORESET identifier
  • the PDCCH uses TCI state ID m,2 when
  • the RRC configuration information for periodic CSI-RS indicates a first candidate TCI and/or a second candidate TCI to provide the QCL source and QCL type.
  • the periodic CSI-RS transmission uses the first candidate TCI, and the periodic CSI-RS is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols.
  • the periodic CSI-RS transmission uses the second candidate TCI, and the periodic CSI-RS is transmitted only on SBFD symbols.
  • the periodic CSI-RS is transmitted on both non-SBFD and SBFD symbols; wherein, the periodic CSI-RS uses the first candidate TCI when transmitting on non-SBFD symbols, and uses the second candidate TCI when transmitting on SBFD symbols.
  • higher-layer signaling configures multiple semi-persistent CSI-RS resource sets, which are then activated or deactivated via MAC CE.
  • network devices can activate multiple semi-persistent CSI-RS resource sets from the TCI states configured by the RRC according to the MAC CE format shown in Figure 10, and indicate the first candidate TCI and/or the second candidate TCI used for semi-persistent CSI-RS transmission on each semi-persistent CSI-RS resource set via MAC CE signaling.
  • the MAC CE in Figure 10 includes the following fields:
  • R field Indicates reserved bits
  • This field indicates the serving cell to which this MAC-CE can be applied, and occupies 5 bits;
  • BWP ID Bandwidth Part Identifier
  • SP CSI-RS resource set ID contains an index of the NZP CSI-RS ResourceSet, which indicates the semi-persistent NZP CSI-RS resource and the semi-persistent NZP CSI/RS resource set that should be activated or deactivated. This field is 6 bits long.
  • This field indicates whether the CSI-IM resource set ID field exists; if the IM field is set to 1, the semi-persistent CSI-IM resource set ID field exists; if the IM field is set to 0, the semi-persistent CSI-IM resource set ID field does not exist.
  • Semi-persistent CSI-IM resource set ID This field contains an index to the CSI-IM resource set that indicates whether a semi-persistent CSI-IM resource set should be activated or deactivated. This field is 6 bits long.
  • TCI state ID m,n takes values from 0 to N, corresponding to at most N TCI states; n takes values from 1 to 2, corresponding to a TCI state that may include one or two TCI states.
  • the TCI state ID m,n can represent the nth TCI state in the TCI state group corresponding to m. Therefore, the network device can configure up to 8 TCI states for the terminal device through the MAC CE.
  • Each TCI state group includes one or two TCI states, and each TCI state group occupies two consecutive bytes in the MAC-CE, with each byte containing 8 bits.
  • Each TCI state consists of two TCI states.
  • the first TCI state is indicated by the Ci field to indicate whether it exists or not, and the second TCI state is indicated by 1 bit to indicate whether it exists or not.
  • the first group of TCI states occupies Oct 5 and Oct 6.
  • the two TCI states in this group are denoted as TCI state ID 0,1 and TCI state ID 0,2 , respectively.
  • TCI state ID 0,1 is indicated by the C0 field to indicate its presence or absence, while the S0 field in Oct 5 indicates the presence or absence of TCI state ID 0,2 .
  • TCI state ID m,1 is associated with non-SBFD symbols; TCI state ID m,2 is associated with SBFD symbols.
  • TCI state ID m,1 does not exist, semi-persistent CSI-RS is transmitted only on SBFD symbols; when TCI state ID m,2 does not exist, semi-persistent CSI-RS is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols.
  • both TCI state ID m,1 and TCI state ID m,2 exist semi-persistent CSI-RS is transmitted on both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols.
  • TCI state ID m,1 is used when transmitting on non-SBFD symbols
  • TCI state ID m,2 is used when transmitting on SBFD symbols. It should be noted that TCI state ID m,1 is the first candidate TCI, and TCI state ID m,2 is the second candidate TCI.
  • the TCI for each aperiodic CSI-RS resource is configured with the quasi-co-located RS source and quasi-co-located type via higher-layer signaling via qcl-info.
  • the qcl-info configuration information indicates a first candidate TCI and/or a second candidate TCI, used to provide the QCL source and QCL type.
  • the aperiodic CSI-RS transmission uses the first candidate TCI, and the aperiodic CSI-RS is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols.
  • the aperiodic CSI-RS transmission uses the second candidate TCI, and the aperiodic CSI-RS is transmitted only on SBFD symbols.
  • the qcl-info configuration information indicates a first candidate TCI and a second candidate TCI
  • the aperiodic CSI-RS is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols; wherein, when the aperiodic CSI-RS is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols, the first candidate TCI is used, and when the aperiodic CSI-RS is transmitted on SBFD symbols, the second candidate TCI is used.
  • Example c Taking PUCCH transmission as an example, the network device configures multiple beams for it via RRC signaling and activates the beam for each PUCCH resource via MAC CE. Specifically, the MAC CE indicates the first candidate TCI and/or the second candidate TCI for PUCCH transmission, providing the QCL source and QCL type.
  • the PUCCH transmission uses the first candidate TCI, and the PUCCH is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols.
  • the PUCCH transmission uses the second candidate TCI, and the PUCCH is transmitted only on SBFD symbols.
  • the PUCCH is transmitted on both non-SBFD and SBFD symbols; wherein, when the PUCCH is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols, the first candidate TCI is used, and when the PUCCH is transmitted on SBFD symbols, the second candidate TCI is used.
  • Example d Taking this communication as a PUSCH transmission as an example, the terminal device uses the same beam transmission as the SRS resource indicated by the network device. For codebook-based PUSCH, there are at most two SRS resources in the corresponding SRS resource set. For non-codebook-based PUSCH, there are at most four SRS resources.
  • the SRS resources used in the SRS resource set of codebook-based or non-codebook-based PUSCH have a first candidate TCI or a second candidate TCI to provide the QCL source and QCL type.
  • the PUSCH When a first candidate TCI is available, the PUSCH is transmitted using the first candidate TCI, and the PUSCH is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols.
  • a second candidate TCI When a second candidate TCI is available, the PUSCH is transmitted using the second candidate TCI, and the PUSCH is transmitted only on SBFD symbols.
  • both a first and a second candidate TCI are available, the PUSCH is transmitted on both non-SBFD and SBFD symbols; wherein, when the PUSCH is transmitted on non-SBFD symbols, the first candidate TCI is used, and when the PUSCH is transmitted on SBFD symbols, the second candidate TCI is used.
  • Example e Taking SRS transmission as an example, the beam (SpatialRelationInfo) used by the SRS is configured in the RRC signaling.
  • the higher-layer signaling configures the SRS transmission to use either a first candidate TCI or a second candidate TCI to provide the QCL source and QCL type.
  • the higher-layer signaling configures the first candidate TCI
  • the SRS transmission uses the first candidate TCI
  • the PUSCH is transmitted only on non-SBFD symbols.
  • the higher-layer signaling configures the second candidate TCI the SRS transmission uses the second candidate TCI, and the SRS is transmitted only on SBFD symbols.
  • the SRS is transmitted on both non-SBFD and SBFD symbols; specifically, the SRS uses the first candidate TCI when transmitted on non-SBFD symbols, and the second candidate TCI when transmitted on SBFD symbols.
  • the default beam is the beam information from RRC configuration to MAC-CE activation. During this time, the terminal device's default uplink beam can function normally.
  • the TCI used to indicate the default beam is the first TCI.
  • network devices can configure a beam (PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfo) and a path loss reference signal for each PUCCH resource.
  • the default beam of the PUCCH can be associated with another downlink or uplink signal. Since this other downlink or uplink signal can be associated with SBFD symbols and/or non-SBFD symbols, the symbol type of the PUCCH can be the same as the symbol type associated with the other downlink or uplink signal; that is, the PUCCH is transmitted on symbols of the same type as the symbols associated with the other downlink or uplink signal.
  • the default uplink beam of the PUCCH is associated with a downlink QCL source reference signal of a predefined CORESET; if the downlink QCL source reference signal is associated with an SBFD symbol, then the PUCCH is transmitted on the SBFD symbol.
  • the serving cell of the PUCCH contains a CORESET
  • the default beam of the PUCCH is obtained from the CORESET with the smallest identifier (ID).
  • the terminal device uses the receive beam of the reference signal of the QCL type D of the TCI state of that CORESET as the default beam of the PUCCH. Since the reference signal of the QCL type D of the TCI state of that CORESET can be associated with SBFD symbols and/or non-SBFD symbols, the symbol type of the PUCCH can be the same as the symbol type associated with the reference signal of the QCL type D of the TCI state of that CORESET.
  • the PUCCH is transmitted on symbols of the same type as the symbols associated with the reference signal of the QCL type D of the TCI state of that CORESET. For example, if the symbol type associated with the reference signal of the QCL type D of the TCI state of that CORESET is an SBFD symbol, then the PUCCH is transmitted on an SBFD symbol.
  • the default beam of the PUCCH is obtained from the TCI state with the smallest TCI state ID of the active PDSCH.
  • the terminal device uses the receive beam of the reference signal of the QCL type D of this TCI state as the default beam of the PUCCH. Since the reference signal of the QCL type D of this TCI state can be associated with SBFD symbols and/or non-SBFD symbols, the symbol type of the PUCCH can be the same as the symbol type associated with the reference signal of the QCL type D of this TCI state. That is, the PUCCH is transmitted on symbols of the same type as the symbols associated with the reference signal of the QCL type D of this TCI state. For example, if the symbol type associated with the reference signal of the QCL type D of this TCI state is SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol, then the PUCCH is transmitted on SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol.
  • the same beam and path loss reference signal configuration scheme as PUCCH is introduced. That is, if a CORESET exists in the active BWP, the uplink transmit beam of SRS is obtained from the CORESET with the smallest ID; otherwise, the uplink transmit beam of SRS is obtained from the CI state with the smallest ID in the TCI states of the active PDSCH.
  • the path loss reference signal for PUSCH is indicated by configuring a reference signal associated with the SRI field value in the RRC signaling.
  • the SRI For PUSCH scheduled in DCI format 0_1, the SRI always corresponds to an SRS resource, which provides the corresponding beam and path loss reference signal configuration; therefore, a default beam does not need to be defined.
  • both the beam and path loss reference signals are obtained from the CORESET with the smallest ID.
  • the terminal device uses the beam of the reference signal of the QCL type D of the CORESET's TCI state as the default beam for the PUSCH.
  • the symbol type of the PUSCH can be the same as the symbol type associated with the reference signal of the QCL type D of the CORESET's TCI state; that is, the PUSCH is transmitted on symbols of the same type as the symbols associated with the reference signal of the QCL type D of the CORESET's TCI state. It is worth noting that this situation applies when the active BWP has no PUCCH resources configured, or when all PUCCH resources have no beams configured. If at least one PUCCH resource is configured with a beam and the default beam setting is disabled, the terminal device determines the default beam according to the R15 scheme.
  • the symbol type of the PUSCH can be the same as the symbol type associated with the default beam, that is, the PUSCH is transmitted on symbols of the same type as the symbols associated with the default beam.
  • Method B this embodiment considers that the TCI is not associated with the type of the resource's symbol in the time domain. Therefore, the terminal device or network device needs to determine the type of the first resource's symbol in the time domain and the first TCI, respectively.
  • this embodiment can use either "Method 1" or “Method 2" as described above to determine the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain, which will not be elaborated further.
  • the network device can configure/indicate the first TCI used by the communication transmission to the terminal device, thereby enabling the network to configure/indicate the first TCI.
  • a network device can configure at least one TCI to a terminal device via RRC, activate the TCI to the terminal device via MAC CE, and finally indicate the first TCI used for the communication transmission to the terminal device via DCI.
  • the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, and the corresponding terminal device receives the second information; the network device sends the first activation information to the terminal device, and the corresponding terminal device receives the first activation information.
  • the second information is carried by the MAC CE
  • the first activation information is carried by the DCI.
  • the network since the second information and the first activation information are sent by the network device, the network indicates the first TCI used for the communication transmission through the second information and the first activation information.
  • the network device can send the second information first, followed by the first activation information.
  • the network device can send the second information and the first activation information simultaneously.
  • the second information and the first activation information can be in the same signaling message or in different signaling messages.
  • the network device can send the second information and the first activation information, and the corresponding terminal device can receive the second information and the first activation information.
  • the network device sends the second information and the first activation information to the terminal device before S310.
  • this embodiment can consider the terminal device communicating with a single TRP.
  • this embodiment can regard the network device mentioned in “Scheme 1" or “Scheme 2" as a single TRP.
  • communicating on the first resource through the first channel can be seen as the terminal device communicating with a single TRP on the first resource through the first channel; for the TRP, communicating on the first resource through the first channel can be seen as the TRP communicating with the terminal device on the first resource through the first channel.
  • communicating on the first resource through the first channel based on the first TCI can be seen as the terminal device communicating with a single TRP on the first resource through the first channel based on the first TCI; for the TRP, communicating on the first resource through the first channel based on the first TCI can be seen as the TRP communicating with the terminal device on the first resource through the first channel based on the first TCI.
  • this embodiment can consider the process of multi-timeslot communication between terminal devices and multiple TRPs in the scenario of introducing SBFD in TDD system.
  • a terminal device when a terminal device needs to communicate with multiple TRPs via multi-timeslot communication using the same resource and channel, and the terminal device needs to perform a specific communication (such as multi-timeslot uplink repetitive transmission, multi-timeslot downlink repetitive transmission, multi-timeslot uplink periodic transmission, multi-timeslot downlink periodic transmission, multi-timeslot PUSCH/PUCCH, or multi-timeslot TBoMS transmission) using the same signal, the multiple TRPs and the terminal device can determine the resource used for this communication. This resource is among the available resources, and these available resources occupy multiple time slots in the time domain. Thus, the terminal device can communicate with multiple TRPs using the same channel and the same signal on the resource designated for this communication.
  • a specific communication such as multi-timeslot uplink repetitive transmission, multi-timeslot downlink repetitive transmission, multi-timeslot uplink periodic transmission, multi-timeslot downlink periodic transmission, multi-timeslot PUSCH/PUCCH, or multi-timeslot TBoMS
  • the resources used for this communication occupy one or more time slots in the time domain. These resources can be a portion or all of the available resources. Furthermore, the time slots occupied by the resources used for this communication in the time domain can be a portion or all of the time slots occupied by the available resources, or the time slots occupied by the resources used for this communication can be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the type of symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be SBFD symbol, or the type of symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be non-SBFD symbol, or the type of symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be both SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal device can communicate with multiple TRPs through a channel on the resources used for this communication. This can be done by the terminal device transmitting signals/data through an uplink channel on the resources used for this communication, and the corresponding multiple TRPs receiving the signals/data; or by the multiple TRPs transmitting signals/data through a downlink channel on the resources used for this communication, and the corresponding terminal device receiving the signals/data.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating another communication method according to an embodiment of this application, specifically including the following steps:
  • S1110 Communicate with multiple TRPs via a first channel on a first resource, wherein the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain; the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain; or the first resource is both an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol, thereby enabling terminal devices or multiple TRPs to communicate solely on SBFD symbols.
  • multiple TRPs can achieve uplink and downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols, or a terminal device can achieve either uplink or downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI multi-slot communication on only the SBFD symbol type simplifies scheduling parameters and transmit/receive processing.
  • the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol
  • the terminal device or multiple TRPs can achieve uplink or downlink transmission through non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, thereby enabling terminal devices or multiple TRPs to communicate on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • multiple TRPs can achieve uplink and downlink transmission through SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, or the terminal device can achieve uplink or downlink transmission through SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • communication on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols can complete signal/data transmission as quickly as possible, reducing transmission latency.
  • this embodiment may use at least one of the following methods to determine the type of symbols in the time domain occupied by the resources used for communication, as illustrated by the example.
  • Method 1 the communication is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • Methodhod 1 please refer to “Method 1” above, which will not be repeated here.
  • Method 2 the network device can directly indicate to the terminal device the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • Methodhod 2 please refer to “Method 2" above; further explanation is unnecessary here.
  • Network devices can configure at least one TCI for uplink and/or downlink transmissions, and the TCI has a TCI state.
  • the TCI state can indicate the receive parameters of the physical downlink channel or downlink signal, or it can indicate the transmit parameters of the physical uplink channel or uplink signal. Additionally, when the QCL type of the TCI state is QCL type D, this TCI state is used to indicate the beam.
  • Scheme 5 for the process of a terminal device communicating with multiple TRPs in a TDD system scenario where SBFD is introduced, when the terminal device needs to communicate with multiple TRPs on the same resource and the same channel (such as multi-slot uplink repetitive transmission, multi-slot downlink repetitive transmission, multi-slot uplink periodic transmission, multi-slot downlink periodic transmission, multi-slot PUSCH/PUCCH, or multi-slot TBoMS transmission), the multiple TRPs and the terminal device can determine the resources used for the communication and the multiple TCIs used for the communication transmission.
  • the resources used for the communication are among the available resources, which occupy multiple time slots in the time domain. These multiple TCIs are used to indicate multiple beams.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the multiple TRPs through these multiple beams, and different beams correspond to different TRPs.
  • the resources used for this communication occupy one or more time slots in the time domain. These resources can be a portion or all of the available resources. Furthermore, the time slots occupied by the resources used for this communication in the time domain can be a portion or all of the time slots occupied by the available resources, or the time slots occupied by the resources used for this communication can be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the type of the symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be SBFD symbol, or the type of the symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be non-SBFD symbol, or the type of the symbol for the resource used in the communication in the time domain can be both SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the first TRP through a channel on the resources used for the communication based on the first TCI, and communicate with the second TRP through a channel on the resources used for the communication based on the second TCI, thereby realizing multi-timeslot communication between the terminal device and multiple TRPs in the scenario of introducing SBFD in the TDD system.
  • FIG. 12 shows the process.
  • Figure 12 is a flowchart illustrating another communication method according to an embodiment of this application, specifically including the following steps:
  • the terminal device can achieve multi-timeslot communication with the first TRP and the second TRP in the scenario of introducing SBFD in the TDD system.
  • the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol
  • multiple TRPs can achieve uplink and downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols, or terminal devices can achieve uplink or downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI multi-slot communication on only the SBFD symbol type simplifies scheduling parameters and transmit/receive processing.
  • the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol
  • the terminal device or multiple TRPs can achieve uplink or downlink transmission through non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the first resource consists of SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, thereby enabling terminal devices or multiple TRPs to communicate on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • multiple TRPs can achieve uplink and downlink transmission through SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, or the terminal device can achieve uplink or downlink transmission through SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • communication on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols can complete signal/data transmission as quickly as possible, reducing transmission latency.
  • the following embodiment determines the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain for the first TCI and the first resource in the first resource in one of the following ways.
  • this embodiment considers the type association between TCI and the symbol of the resource in the time domain.
  • This type association between TCI and the symbol of the resource in the time domain can be network-configured, network-indicated, or default.
  • the default association rule can be predefined through standard protocols.
  • the MAC CE includes the following fields:
  • This field indicates the identifier of the serving cell to which this MAC CE applies;
  • Downlink Bandwidth Partial Identifier (DL BWP ID) field This field indicates the DL BWP applicable to this MAC CE;
  • Uplink Bandwidth Partial Identifier (UL BWP ID) field This field indicates the UL BWP applicable to this MAC CE;
  • D/U field This field indicates whether the TCI status ID in the same byte is for the combined/downlink or uplink TCI status; if this field is set to 1, then the TCI status ID in the same byte is for the combined/downlink TCI status; if this field is set to 0, then the TCI status ID in the same byte is for the uplink TCI status.
  • Symbol Type field this field indicates whether the TCI state activated by this MAC CE is associated with an SBFD symbol or non-SBFD;
  • the Reserved (R) field indicates reserved bits and should be set to 0.
  • TCI state ID field This field indicates the TCI state identifier.
  • the default association rule is as follows: For multiple TCIs configured on a network device, the first TCI is associated with the SBFD symbol, the second TCI is associated with the non-SBFD symbol, and the third TCI is associated with both the SBFD symbol and the non-SBFD symbol.
  • the following embodiment will specifically explain how to determine the TCI used for the communication transmission and the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • Figure 14 is a flowchart illustrating another communication method according to an embodiment of this application, specifically including the following steps:
  • the network device sends a third indication information, which is used to indicate multiple TCIs, which are associated with the type of symbol of the resource in the time domain;
  • the terminal device determines the type of the symbol of the first TCI, the second TCI, and the first resource in the time domain from the plurality of TCIs;
  • S1430 is the same as S1210, so it will not be described again.
  • the TCI indicated by the third indication information may include the TCI of a TCI code point.
  • the TCI of this TCI code point is associated with the type of symbol of the resource in the time domain, and the TCI state of this TCI code point is a unified TCI state.
  • the TCI mentioned can be equated with the TCI state.
  • This MAC CE is used to activate/deactivate the unified TCI state.
  • This MAC CE can activate the TCI of one TCI code point.
  • the TCI of this TCI code point can include four TCIs or two TCIs, or in other words, the TCI state of this TCI code point can include four TCI states or two TCI states.
  • the TCI states of these four TCIs can be either separate TCI states or joint TCI states.
  • the first TRP corresponds to two of the four TCIs
  • the second TRP corresponds to the remaining two TCIs. Specifically, one of the two TCIs corresponding to the first TRP is associated with a non-SBFD symbol, and the other TCI is associated with an SBFD symbol. Similarly, one of the two TCIs corresponding to the second TRP is associated with a non-SBFD symbol, and the other TCI is associated with an SBFD symbol.
  • the TCI of a TCI code point includes two TCIs
  • the first TRP corresponds to one of the two TCIs
  • the second TRP corresponds to the other TCI.
  • One of the two TCIs is associated with both non-SBFD and SBFD symbols
  • the other TCI is associated with both non-SBFD and SBFD symbols.
  • each of the two TCIs contains two QCL typeDs.
  • a TCI code point for an independent TCI state, includes one of uplink TCI state 1_1 or downlink TCI state 1_1, one of uplink TCI state 1_2 or downlink TCI state 1_2, one of uplink TCI state 2_1 or downlink TCI state 2_1, and one of uplink TCI state 2_2 or downlink TCI state 2_2.
  • Uplink TCI state 1_1, downlink TCI state 1_1, uplink TCI state 1_2, and downlink TCI state 1_2 correspond to the first TRP
  • uplink TCI state 2_1, downlink TCI state 2_1, uplink TCI state 2_2, and downlink TCI state 2_2 correspond to the second TRP
  • the uplink TCI state 1_1 and downlink TCI state 1_1 are associated with non-SBFD symbols
  • the uplink TCI state 1_2 and downlink TCI state 1_2 are associated with SBFD symbols
  • the uplink TCI state 2_1 and downlink TCI state 2_1 are associated with non-SBFD symbols
  • the uplink TCI state 2_2 and downlink TCI state 2_2 are associated with SBFD symbols.
  • a TCI code point includes joint TCI state 1_1, joint TCI state 1_2, joint TCI state 2_1, and joint TCI state 2_2.
  • Joint TCI state 1_1 and joint TCI state 1_2 correspond to the first TRP
  • joint TCI state 2_1 and joint TCI state 2_2 correspond to the second TRP.
  • joint TCI state 1_1 and joint TCI state 2_1 are associated with non-SBFD symbols
  • joint TCI state 1_2 and joint TCI state 2_2 are associated with SBFD symbols.
  • the third indication information can indicate the TCI of a TCI code point, which may include four TCIs or two TCIs.
  • these four TCIs are the first non-SBFD candidate TCI, the first SBFD candidate TCI, the second non-SBFD candidate TCI, and the second SBFD candidate TCI.
  • the first non-SBFD candidate TCI and the second SBFD candidate TCI correspond to the first TRP
  • the first SBFD candidate TCI and the second non-SBFD candidate TCI correspond to the second TRP.
  • the first non-SBFD candidate TCI and the second non-SBFD candidate TCI are associated with non-SBFD symbols
  • the first SBFD candidate TCI and the second SBFD candidate TCI are associated with SBFD symbols.
  • the first non-SBFD candidate TCI can be paired with the first SBFD candidate TCI
  • the second non-SBFD candidate TCI can be paired with the second SBFD candidate TCI.
  • the TCI of an activated TCI codepoint can include the first candidate TCI pair and the second candidate TCI pair.
  • the first candidate TCI pair includes the first non-SBFD candidate TCI and the first SBFD candidate TCI
  • the second candidate TCI pair includes the second non-SBFD candidate TCI and the second SBFD candidate TCI.
  • the TCI state of the first non-SBFD candidate TCI can be a separate DL TCI state, a separate uplink TCI state, or a joint TCI state.
  • the TCI state of the first SBFD candidate TCI can be an independent downlink TCI state, an independent uplink TCI state, or a joint TCI state.
  • the TCI state of the second non-SBFD candidate TCI can be a separate DL TCI state, a separate uplink TCI state, or a joint TCI state.
  • the TCI state of the second SBFD candidate TCI can be an independent downlink TCI state, an independent uplink TCI state, or a joint TCI state.
  • the first non-SBFD candidate TCI is associated with the non-SBFD symbol, which may be configured by the network device or specified by a standard protocol.
  • the first SBFD candidate TCI is associated with the SBFD symbol, which can be configured by the network device or specified by a standard protocol.
  • the second non-SBFD candidate TCI is associated with the non-SBFD symbol and can be configured by the network device or specified by a standard protocol.
  • the second SBFD candidate TCI is associated with the SBFD symbol, which can be configured by the network device or specified by a standard protocol.
  • the terminal device can determine the type of the first TCI, the second TCI, and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain according to the network configuration method.
  • the network configuration method refers to the indication/configuration by the network device through information such as RRC signaling, MAC signaling (e.g., MAC CE), or DCI.
  • the terminal device in S1420 determines the type of the symbol of the first TCI, the second TCI, and the first resource in the time domain from the plurality of TCIs, which may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives fourth indication information, which is used to indicate at least one of the types of the first TCI, the second TCI, or the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the terminal device determines the type of the symbols of the first TCI, the second TCI, and the first resource in the time domain based on the fourth instruction information.
  • the fourth indication information can be carried by higher-layer signaling (such as RRC signaling or MAC CE) or DCI. Furthermore, regarding the determination of the time-domain symbol types of the first TCI, second TCI, and first resource based on the second indication information, this embodiment has the following situations:
  • the type of the symbol associated with the first TCI or the second TCI is determined to be the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain. This is because, since the first TCI or the second TCI is associated with the type of the symbol, and the type of the symbol associated with the first TCI is the same as the type of the symbol associated with the second TCI, the terminal device can determine the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain based on the first TCI or the second TCI.
  • the TCI associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain is determined to be the first TCI and the second TCI. This is because, since the TCI is associated with the type of the symbol, and the type of the symbol associated with the first TCI is the same as the type of the symbol associated with the second TCI, the terminal device can determine the first TCI and the second TCI based on the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of symbols for the first TCI, the second TCI, and the first resource in the time domain.
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of the following options:
  • Option 1 One of the following: the first non-SBFD value, the second non-SBFD value, or the third non-SBFD value;
  • Option 2 One of the following: the first SBFD value, the second SBFD value, or the third SBFD value;
  • Option 3 One of the following: a first non-SBFD value, a second non-SBFD value, or a third non-SBFD value, and one of the following: a first SBFD value, a second SBFD value, or a third SBFD value.
  • First non-SBFD value indicates the first non-SBFD candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type is non-SBFD symbol; at this time, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is non-SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device only performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols.
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain can be determined as a non-SBFD symbol based on the association; or, when the first non-SBFD value only indicates the symbol type as a non-SBFD symbol, the first non-SBFD candidate TCI can be determined based on the association.
  • moments in other symbol types will be discarded or postponed, for example, transmission or reception moments within an SBFD symbol will be discarded or postponed.
  • Second non-SBFD value indicates the second non-SBFD candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type is non-SBFD symbol; at this time, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is non-SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device only performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols.
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain can be determined as a non-SBFD symbol based on the association; or, when the second non-SBFD value only indicates the symbol type as a non-SBFD symbol, the second non-SBFD candidate TCI can be determined based on the association.
  • moments of other symbol types may be discarded or postponed, for example, moments of transmission or reception of SBFD symbols may be discarded or postponed.
  • the third non-SBFD value indicates that the first non-SBFD candidate TCI and the second non-SBFD candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type is a non-SBFD symbol; in this case, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device only performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols.
  • moments in other symbol types will be discarded or postponed, for example, moments in the transmission or reception of SBFD symbols will be discarded or postponed.
  • the third non-SBFD value can be represented by both (all).
  • First SBFD value indicates the first SBFD candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type is SBFD symbol; at this time, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device only performs this communication on SBFD symbols.
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain can be determined as an SBFD symbol based on the association; or, when the first SBFD value only indicates the symbol type as an SBFD symbol, the first SBFD candidate TCI can be determined based on the association.
  • moments in other symbol types will be discarded or postponed, for example, transmission or reception moments within non-SBFD symbols will be discarded or postponed.
  • Second SBFD value Indicates the second SBFD candidate TCI, and/or the type of the symbol is SBFD symbol; at this time, the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device only performs this communication on SBFD symbols.
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain can be determined as an SBFD symbol based on the association; or, when the second SBFD value only indicates the symbol type as an SBFD symbol, the second SBFD candidate TCI can be determined based on the association.
  • moments in other symbol types will be discarded or postponed, for example, transmission or reception moments within non-SBFD symbols will be discarded or postponed.
  • the third SBFD value indicates that the first SBFD candidate TCI and the second SBFD candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type, are SBFD symbols.
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device performs the communication only on SBFD symbols.
  • moments of other symbol types may be discarded or postponed, for example, the transmission or reception moments of non-SBFD symbols may be discarded or postponed.
  • the third SBFD value can be represented by both (all).
  • the first non-SBFD value and the first SBFD value indicate the first non-SBFD candidate TCI and the first SBFD candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type is non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol; at this time, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols.
  • the first non-SBFD candidate TCI is used when communicating on non-SBFD symbols
  • the first SBFD candidate TCI is used when communicating on SBFD symbols.
  • the second non-SBFD value and the second SBFD value indicate the second non-SBFD candidate TCI and the second SBFD candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type as non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol; at this time, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols.
  • the second non-SBFD candidate TCI is used when communicating on non-SBFD symbols
  • the second SBFD candidate TCI is used when communicating on SBFD symbols.
  • the first non-SBFD value and the second SBFD value indicate the first non-SBFD candidate TCI and the second SBFD candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type as non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol; at this time, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols.
  • the first non-SBFD candidate TCI is used when communicating on non-SBFD symbols
  • the second SBFD candidate TCI is used when communicating on SBFD symbols.
  • the second non-SBFD value and the first SBFD value indicate the second non-SBFD candidate TCI and the first SBFD candidate TCI, and/or the symbol type as non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol; at this time, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols.
  • the second non-SBFD candidate TCI is used when communicating on non-SBFD symbols
  • the first SBFD candidate TCI is used when communicating on SBFD symbols.
  • the fourth indication information includes at least one of the following options:
  • Option a First non-SBFD value and first SBFD value
  • Option b Second non-SBFD value and second SBFD value
  • Option c Third non-SBFD and third SBFD value.
  • this embodiment considers that the TCI is not associated with the type of the resource's symbol in the time domain. Therefore, the terminal device needs to determine both the type of the first resource's symbol in the time domain and the TCI used for the communication transmission.
  • the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain is determined according to the network configuration method.
  • the network configuration method refers to the network device indicating/configuring the type of the first TCI and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain through information such as RRC signaling, MAC signaling (e.g., MAC CE), or DCI.
  • a higher-level signaling (such as RRC signaling or MAC CE) configuration or DCI indication may be one of the following: a first value, a second value, or a third value.
  • the first value indicates that the symbol type is a non-SBFD symbol; in this case, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device only performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols.
  • moments in other symbol types may be discarded or postponed, for example, transmission or reception moments within SBFD symbols may be discarded or postponed.
  • the second value indicates that the symbol type is SBFD symbol; in this case, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is SBFD symbol; thus, the terminal device only performs the communication on SBFD symbols.
  • moments of other symbol types will be discarded or postponed, for example, the transmission or reception moments of non-SBFD symbols will be discarded or postponed.
  • the third value indicates that the symbol type is SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol; in this case, the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is non-SBFD symbol and SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal device performs the communication on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols.
  • the third value can be represented by either (all).
  • the network device configures the TCI used for the communication transmission to the terminal device.
  • a network device can configure at least one TCI to a terminal device via RRC, activate the TCI to the terminal device via MAC CE, and finally indicate the TCI used for the communication transmission to the terminal device via DCI.
  • the network device sends the third information to the terminal device, and the corresponding terminal device receives the third information; the network device sends the second activation information to the terminal device, and the corresponding terminal device receives the second activation information.
  • the third information is carried by the MAC CE, and the second activation information is carried by the DCI.
  • the network since the third information and the second activation information are sent by the network device, the network indicates the first TCI and the second TCI used for the communication transmission through the third information and the second activation information.
  • the network device may send the third information first, followed by the second activation information.
  • the network device may send the third information and the second activation information simultaneously.
  • the third information and the second activation information may be in the same signaling or in different signaling.
  • the network device may send the third information and the second activation information, and the corresponding terminal device may receive the third information and the second activation information.
  • the network device sends the third information and the second activation information to the terminal device before S1210.
  • the terminal device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • this embodiment can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in a hardware or computer software-driven hardware manner depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this embodiment.
  • This application embodiment can divide the terminal device into functional units according to the above method example. For example, each function can be divided into a separate functional unit, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing unit.
  • the integrated unit can be implemented in hardware or as a software program module. It should be noted that the unit division in this application embodiment is illustrative and only represents a logical functional division, while other division methods may be used in actual implementation.
  • FIG16 is a functional unit composition block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1600 includes a communication unit 1601.
  • the communication unit 1601 can be a module unit used for communicating downlink signals and channel power, and there is no specific limitation thereto.
  • the communication unit 1601 may include a transmitting unit and/or a receiving unit.
  • the communication device 1600 may further include a storage unit for storing computer program code or instructions executed by the communication device 1600.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the communication device 1600 may be a chip or a chip module.
  • the communication unit 1601 can be integrated into the processing unit.
  • the communication unit can be a communication interface, transceiver, transceiver circuit, etc.
  • the processing unit can be a processor or controller, such as a baseband processor, baseband chip, central processing unit (CPU), general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute the various exemplary logic blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this embodiment.
  • the processing unit can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, etc.
  • the communication device 1600 is used to perform any of the steps performed by the terminal device/chip/chip module, etc., as described in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication unit 1601 is used to execute any of the steps in the above method embodiments, and when performing actions such as sending, it can selectively call other units to complete the corresponding operations. A detailed description follows.
  • the communication unit 1601 is used to communicate over a first resource via a first channel, wherein the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain; the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain; or the first resource is both an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol.
  • the frequency domain of an SBFD symbol includes both uplink and downlink subbands
  • SBFD symbols in multiple time slots can support both uplink and downlink transmission, thereby improving spectrum utilization and flexibility.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmission control information
  • the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol
  • non-SBFD symbols are either uplink or downlink, they can support either uplink or downlink transmission, allowing terminal devices to achieve uplink or downlink transmission through non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the first resource contains both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain, it indicates that the symbols in the first resource are of SBFD and non-SBFD types.
  • This enables terminal devices to communicate on both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, allowing for uplink or downlink transmission. Furthermore, communication on SBFD and non-SBFD symbols allows for faster signal/data transmission and reduces transmission latency.
  • the communication unit 1601 is also used for:
  • Receive first information which indicates the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the communication is associated with the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain; or,
  • the signal used for the communication is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the communication unit 1601 is used for:
  • TCI transmission configuration indication
  • the first TCI is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the first TCI is one of a first candidate TCI or a second candidate TCI of the communication, wherein the first candidate TCI is associated with the first resource as a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain, and the second candidate TCI is associated with the first resource as an SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • the communication unit 1601 is further configured to: receive second information, the second information indicating the type association between the first TCI and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the second information may also indicate the first TCI.
  • the second information indicates that at least one TCI is associated with the type of symbol of the resource used for communication in the time domain, the at least one TCI comprising the first TCI.
  • the communication unit 1601 is also used for:
  • Receive first activation information which is used to activate the first TCI.
  • the communication over the first resource via the first channel includes:
  • TRPs transceiver points
  • the communication unit 1601 is used for:
  • communication is conducted with the first TRP on the first resource via the first channel, and based on the second TCI, communication is conducted with the second TRP on the first resource via the first channel.
  • the first TCI and the second TCI are associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the communication unit 1601 is also used for:
  • Receive third information the third information indicating the type association between the first TCI and the second TCI and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the third information indicates that a plurality of TCIs are associated with the type of symbols of the resources used for communication in the time domain, the plurality of TCIs including a first TCI and a second TCI.
  • the communication unit 1601 is also used for:
  • Receive second activation information which is used to activate the first TCI and the second TCI.
  • the network device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • this embodiment can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in a hardware or computer software-driven hardware manner depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this embodiment.
  • This application embodiment can divide the network device into functional units according to the above method example. For example, each function can be divided into different functional units, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing unit.
  • the integrated unit can be implemented in hardware or as a software program module. It should be noted that the unit division in this application embodiment is illustrative and only represents a logical functional division, while other division methods may be used in actual implementation.
  • FIG17 is a functional unit block diagram of another communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1700 includes a communication unit 1701.
  • the communication unit 1701 can be a module unit used for adjusting and processing downlink signals, channels, etc., and there are no specific limitations on this.
  • the communication unit 1701 may include a transmitting unit or a receiving unit.
  • the communication device 1700 may further include a storage unit for storing computer program code or instructions executed by the communication device 1700.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the communication device 1700 may be a chip or a chip module.
  • the communication unit 1701 can be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, etc.
  • the processing unit can be a processor or controller, such as a baseband processor, baseband chip, central processing unit (CPU), general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute the various exemplary logic blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this embodiment.
  • the processing unit can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, etc.
  • the communication device 1700 is used to perform any of the steps performed by the chip/chip module/network device, etc., as described in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication unit 1701 is used to execute any of the steps in the above method embodiments, and when performing actions such as sending, it can selectively call other units to complete the corresponding operation. A detailed description follows.
  • Communication unit 1701 is used to communicate over a first resource via a first channel, wherein the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain; the first resource is a sub-band full-duplex SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD symbol in the time domain; or the first resource is both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain.
  • the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol
  • SBFD symbols can support both uplink and downlink transmissions, allowing network devices to achieve both uplink and downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols, thereby improving spectrum utilization and flexibility.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain, it indicates that the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol, thus enabling network devices to communicate only on non-SBFD symbols.
  • non-SBFD symbols are either uplink or downlink, multiple time slots of non-SBFD symbols can support either uplink or downlink transmission, allowing network devices to achieve uplink or downlink transmission through multiple time slots of non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI differ, multi-time slot communication using only the non-SBFD symbol type simplifies scheduling parameters and transmit/receive processing.
  • the first resource contains both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain, it indicates that the symbols in the first resource are of SBFD and non-SBFD types. This allows network devices to communicate on both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, enabling uplink and/or downlink transmissions. Furthermore, communication on SBFD and non-SBFD symbols allows for faster signal/data transmission and reduces transmission latency.
  • the communication unit 1701 is also used for:
  • the communication is associated with the type of symbol of the first resource in the time domain; or,
  • the signal used for the communication is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the communication unit 1701 is used for:
  • TCI transmission configuration indication
  • the first TCI is associated with the type of the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the communication unit 1701 is further configured to: send second information, the second information indicating the type association between the first TCI and the symbol of the first resource in the time domain.
  • the second information may also indicate the first TCI.
  • the second information indicates that at least one TCI is associated with the type of symbol of the resource used for communication in the time domain, the at least one TCI comprising the first TCI.
  • the communication unit 1701 is also used for:
  • the network can activate the first TCI through the first activation information in order to determine the type of symbol of the first resource associated with the first TCI in the time domain time slot by activating the first TCI.
  • the following is an example illustrating the structure of a terminal device.
  • the terminal device 1800 may include a processor 1810, a memory 1820, and a communication bus for connecting the processor 1810 and the memory 1820.
  • the memory 1820 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), or compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • the terminal device 1800 also includes a communication interface for receiving and sending data.
  • the terminal device 1800 can be the first terminal device mentioned above.
  • the processor 1810 can be one or more CPUs. If the processor 1810 is a CPU, the CPU can be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the processor 1810 can be a baseband chip, a chip, a CPU, a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA, or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof.
  • the processor 1810 in the terminal device 1800 executes the computer program or instructions 1821 stored in the memory 1820 to perform the following operations:
  • Communication is performed on a first resource via a first channel, wherein the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain; the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain; or the first resource is both an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain.
  • the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol.
  • the frequency domain of an SBFD symbol includes both uplink and downlink subbands
  • SBFD symbols in multiple time slots can support both uplink and downlink transmission, thereby improving spectrum utilization and flexibility.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmission control information
  • the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol
  • non-SBFD symbols are either uplink or downlink, they can support either uplink or downlink transmission, allowing terminal devices to achieve uplink or downlink transmission through non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the first resource contains both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain, it indicates that the symbols in the first resource are of SBFD and non-SBFD types.
  • This enables terminal devices to communicate on both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, allowing for uplink or downlink transmission. Furthermore, communication on SBFD and non-SBFD symbols allows for faster signal/data transmission and reduces transmission latency.
  • the terminal device 1800 can be used to execute the method embodiment described above in this embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the network device 1900 includes a processor 1910, a memory 1920, and a communication bus for connecting the processor 1910 and the memory 1920.
  • the memory 1920 may include, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EPROM or CD-ROM, and the memory 1920 may be used to store related instructions and data.
  • the network device 1900 also includes a communication interface for receiving and sending data.
  • the processor 1910 can be one or more CPUs. If the processor 1910 is a CPU, the CPU can be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the processor 1910 can be a baseband chip, chip, CPU, general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component or any combination thereof.
  • the processor 1910 in the network device 1900 is used to execute the computer program or instructions 1921 stored in the memory 1920 to perform the following operations:
  • Communication is performed on a first resource via a first channel, wherein the first resource occupies one or more time slots in the time domain; the first resource is a sub-band full-duplex SBFD symbol in the time domain, or the first resource is a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD symbol in the time domain; or the first resource is both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain.
  • the first resource is an SBFD symbol in the time domain
  • the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is an SBFD symbol
  • SBFD symbols can support both uplink and downlink transmissions, allowing network devices to achieve both uplink and downlink transmissions through SBFD symbols, thereby improving spectrum utilization and flexibility.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI transmit/receive processing
  • the first resource is a non-SBFD symbol in the time domain, it indicates that the symbol type of the first resource in the time domain is a non-SBFD symbol, thus enabling network devices to communicate only on non-SBFD symbols.
  • non-SBFD symbols are either uplink or downlink, multiple time slots of non-SBFD symbols can support either uplink or downlink transmission, allowing network devices to achieve uplink or downlink transmission through multiple time slots of non-SBFD symbols.
  • transmission parameters such as power control
  • TCI differ, multi-time slot communication using only the non-SBFD symbol type simplifies scheduling parameters and transmit/receive processing.
  • the first resource contains both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain, it indicates that the symbols in the first resource are of SBFD and non-SBFD types. This allows network devices to communicate on both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, enabling uplink and/or downlink transmissions. Furthermore, communication on SBFD and non-SBFD symbols allows for faster signal/data transmission and reduces transmission latency.
  • the network device 1900 can be used to execute the method embodiment described above in this embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the above method embodiments can be applied to network devices or terminal devices. That is, the executing entity of the above method embodiments can be a network device, a terminal device, a chip, a chip module, or a module, etc., without specific limitations.
  • the above method embodiments can be applied to network devices or incorporated into network devices. That is, the executing entity of the above method embodiments can be a network device, a chip, a chip module, or a module, etc., without specific limitations.
  • This application also provides a chip, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program or instructions stored in the memory, wherein the processor executes the computer program or instructions to implement the steps described in the above method embodiments.
  • This application also provides a chip module, including a transceiver component and a chip.
  • the chip includes a processor, a memory, and a computer program or instructions stored in the memory, wherein the processor executes the computer program or instructions to implement the steps described in the above method embodiments.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program or instructions that, when executed, implement the steps described in the above method embodiments.
  • This application also provides a computer program product, including a computer program or instructions that, when executed, implement the steps described in the above method embodiments.
  • This application also provides a communication system, including the terminal device and the network device described above.
  • the steps of the methods or algorithms described in the embodiments of this application can be implemented in hardware or by a processor executing software instructions.
  • the software instructions can consist of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in RAM, flash memory, ROM, EPROM, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), registers, hard disk, portable hard disk, read-only optical disk (CD-ROM), or any other form of storage medium well known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to a processor, enabling the processor to read information from and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can reside in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can reside in a terminal device or management device. Alternatively, the processor and storage medium can exist as discrete components in the terminal device or management device.
  • the functions described in the embodiments of this application can be implemented, in whole or in part, by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented in software, it can be implemented, in whole or in part, as a computer program product.
  • This computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When these computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of this application are generated.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server, or data center to another via wired (e.g., coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium accessible to a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media.
  • the available media can be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (e.g., digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid-state drives (SSDs)).
  • the modules/units included in the various devices and products described in the above embodiments can be software modules/units, hardware modules/units, or a combination of both.
  • all modules/units can be implemented using hardware methods such as circuits, or at least some modules/units can be implemented using software programs that run on a processor integrated within the chip, while the remaining (if any) modules/units can be implemented using hardware methods such as circuits.
  • all modules/units can be implemented using hardware methods such as circuits.
  • Different modules/units can be located in the same component (e.g., chip, circuit module, etc.) or different components of the chip module, or at least some modules/units can be implemented using hardware methods such as circuits.
  • the implementation is achieved through a software program that runs on a processor integrated within the chip module.
  • the remaining modules/units (if any) can be implemented using hardware methods such as circuits.
  • all their modules/units can be implemented using hardware methods such as circuits.
  • Different modules/units can be located in the same component (e.g., chip, circuit module, etc.) or different components within the terminal device.
  • modules/units can be implemented using a software program that runs on a processor integrated within the terminal device, while the remaining modules/units (if any) can be implemented using hardware methods such as circuits.
  • the specific embodiments described above further illustrate the purpose, technical solution, and beneficial effects of the embodiments of this application. It should be understood that the above descriptions are merely specific implementations of the embodiments of this application and are not intended to limit the scope of protection of the embodiments of this application. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc., made based on the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application should be included within the scope of protection of the embodiments of this application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开一种通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备，涉及通信技术领域；终端设备或网络设备在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和/或non-SBFD符号。可见，由于第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和/或non-SBFD符号，因此对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，本申请可以实现终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号和/或non-SBFD符号上进行通信。其中，仅在SBFD符号或non-SBFD符号上进行通信可简化调度参数及发射接收处理，或者在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信可尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。

Description

通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备
本申请要求于2024年05月18日提交中国专利局、申请号为202410620932.X、申请名称为“通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备。
背景技术
在时分双工(Time Division Duplexing，TDD)系统中，一个TDD载波的所有频域资源在同一时刻下的传输方向需相同，即同为上行或下行，而这也导致一个TDD载波上的上下行是时间复用的，且上下行时隙配比相对固定。另外，随着业务的多元化，尤其是考虑垂直行业的业务需求，不同业务对上下行传输的需求存在一定差异，使得固定的上下行时隙配比不能同时满足不同业务的需求。
为了尽可能避免因上下行时隙配比相对固定所带来的不足，同时考虑网络设备的实现复杂度，第三代合作伙伴计划组织(3rd Generation Partnership Project，3GPP)正在讨论子带全双工(subband full duplex，SBFD)，即在同一TDD载波的频域上划分非重叠的上行子带(uplink subband)和下行子带(downlink subband)，以便实现网络设备同时支持上行传输和下行传输，提高频谱利用率和灵活性。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备，实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景中进行多时隙通信。
第一方面，为本申请的一种通信方法，包括：
在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；
所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
可见，对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备仅在SBFD符号上进行通信，使得终端设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。由于SBFD符号的频域资源包含上行子带和下行子带，因此SBFD符号可以支持上行传输和下行传输，从而有利于提高频谱利用率和灵活性。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、传输控制信息(TCI)存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行通信。由于non-SBFD符号方向为上行或者下行，因此non-SBFD符号可以支持上行传输或者下行传输，从而使得终端设备可以通过non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在non-SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，使得终端设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
接收第一信息，所述第一信息指示所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
可见，由于第一信息可以是由网络设备发送的，因此通过第一信息实现网络直接指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
可选的，所述通信与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联；或者，
用于所述通信的信号与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可见，本申请可以引入通信与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系，或者本申请可以建立用于通信的信号与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系，从而根据该关联关系实现确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，该关联关系可以是网络配置、预配置或者标准协议规定的。
可选的，所述在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，包括：
基于第一传输配置指示TCI，在所述第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信。
可见，本申请可以根据第一TCI、第一资源和第一信息实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行通信。
可选的，所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可见，本申请可以引入第一TCI与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系，从而根据该关联关系实现确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，该关联关系可以是网络配置、预配置或者标准协议规定的。
可选的，第一TCI为所述通信的第一候选TCI或所述通信的第二候选TCI中的一个，所述第一候选TCI与所述第一资源在时域为non-SBFD符号关联，所述第二候选TCI与所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号关联。
可选的，所述方法还包括：接收第二信息，所述第二信息指示所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可见，由于第二信息可以是由网络设备发送的，从而通过第二信息实现网络直接指示第一TCI与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系。
可选的，第二信息还指示第一TCI。
可见，通过第二信息实现网络指示第一TCI以及第一TCI与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，第二信息指示至少一个TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，所述至少一个TCI包含第一TCI。
可见，通过第二信息实现网络指示第一TCI与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
接收第一激活信息，第一激活信息用于激活第一TCI。
可见，当至少一个TCI中的每个TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联、且该至少一个TCI包含第一TCI时，网络可以通过第一激活信息激活第一TCI，以便通过激活第一TCI来确定第一TCI关联的第一资源在时域上时隙中的符号的类型。
可选的，所述在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，包括：
在第一资源上通过第一信道分别与多个收发点TRP进行通信。
可见，本实施例可以实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下与多个TRP进行通信。
可选的，在第一资源上通过第一信道分别与多个TRP进行通信，包括：
基于第一TCI在第一资源上通过第一信道与第一TRP进行通信，以及基于第二TCI在所述第一资源上通过所述第一信道与第二TRP进行通信。
可见，本申请可以基于第一TCI和第二TCI实现在第一资源上通过第一信道分别与第一TRP和第二TRP进行通信。
可选的，所述第一TCI和第二TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可见，本申请可以建立第一TCI和第二TCI与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系，从而根据该关联关系实现确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
接收第三信息，所述第三信息指示所述第一TCI和所述第二TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可见，由于第三信息可以是由网络设备发送的，从而通过第三信息实现网络直接指示第一TCI和第二TCI与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系。
可选的，第三信息指示多个TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该多个TCI包含第一TCI和第二TCI。
可见，通过第四信息实现网络指示第一TCI和第二TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
接收第二激活信息，第二激活信息用于激活第一TCI和第二TCI。
可见，当多个TCI中的每个TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联、且该多个TCI包含第一TCI和第二TCI时，网络可以通过第二激活信息激活第一TCI和第二TCI，以便通过激活第一TCI和第二TCI来确定第一TCI和第二TCI关联的第一资源在时域上时隙中的符号的类型。
第二方面，为本申请的一种通信方法，包括：
在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；
所述第一资源在时域上为子带全双工SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为非子带全双工non-SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
可见，对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，则这说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，从而实现网络设备仅在SBFD符号上进行通信。由于SBFD符号的频域资源包含上行子带和下行子带，因此SBFD符号可以支持上行传输和下行传输，使得网络设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，从而有利于提高频谱利用率和灵活性。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，则这说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，从而实现网络设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行通信。由于non-SBFD符号方向为上行或者下行，因此non-SBFD符号可以支持上行传输或者下行传输，从而使得网络设备可以通过non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，相比于在多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在non-SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则这说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，从而实现网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，使得网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上实现上行传输和/或下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
发送第一信息，所述第一信息指示所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
可见，由于第一信息可以是由网络设备发送的，因此通过第一信息实现网络直接指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
可选的，所述通信与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联；或者，
用于所述通信的信号与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可见，本申请可以引入通信与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系，或者本申请可以建立用于通信的信号与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系，从而根据该关联关系实现确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，该关联关系可以是网络配置、预配置或者标准协议规定的。
可选的，所述在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，包括：
基于第一传输配置指示TCI，在所述第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信。
可见，本申请可以根据第一TCI、第一资源和第一信息实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行通信。
可选的，所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可见，本申请可以引入第一TCI与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系，从而根据该关联关系实现确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，该关联关系可以是网络配置、预配置或者标准协议规定的。
可选的，所述方法还包括：发送第二信息，所述第二信息指示所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可见，由于第二信息可以是由网络设备发送的，从而通过第二信息实现网络直接指示第一TCI与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系。
可选的，第二信息还指示第一TCI。
可见，通过第二信息实现网络指示第一TCI以及第一TCI与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，第二信息指示至少一个TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，所述至少一个TCI包含第一TCI。
可见，通过第二信息实现网络指示第一TCI与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
发送第一激活信息，第一激活信息用于激活第一TCI。
可见，当至少一个TCI中的每个TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联、且该至少一个TCI包含第一TCI时，网络可以通过第一激活信息激活第一TCI，以便通过激活第一TCI来确定第一TCI关联的第一资源在时域上时隙中的符号的类型。
第三方面，为本申请的一种通信装置，其中，包括：
通信单元，用于在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；
所述第一资源在时域上为子带全双工SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为非子带全双工non-SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
第四方面，为本申请的一种通信装置，其中，包括：
通信单元，用于在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；
所述第一资源在时域上为子带全双工SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为非子带全双工non-SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
第五方面，上述第一方面所设计的方法中的步骤应用于终端设备。
第六方面，上述第二方面所设计的方法中的步骤应用于网络设备。
第七方面，为本申请的一种终端设备，包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上的计算机程序或指令，其中，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令以实现上述第一方面所设计的方法中的步骤。
第八方面，为本申请的一种网络设备，包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上的计算机程序或指令，其中，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令以实现上述第二方面所设计的方法中的步骤。
第九方面，为本申请的一种芯片，包括处理器，其中，所述处理器执行上述第一方面或第二方面所设计的方法中的步骤。
第十方面，为本申请的一种芯片模组，包括收发组件和芯片，所述芯片包括处理器，其中，所述处理器执行上述第一方面或第二方面所设计的方法中的步骤。
第十一方面，为本申请的一种计算机可读存储介质，其中，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序或指令，所述计算机程序或指令被执行时实现上述第一方面或第二方面所设计的方法中的步骤。
第十二方面，为本申请的一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机程序或指令，其中，所述计算机程序或指令被执行时上述第一方面或第二方面所设计的方法中的步骤被执行。示例性的，该计算机程序产品可以为一个软件安装包。
第三方面至第十二方面的技术方案所带来的有益效果可以参见第一方面或第二方面的技术方案所带来的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例的一种通信系统的架构示意图；
图2是本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图3是本申请实施例的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图4是本申请实施例的一种MAC CE的结构示意图；
图5是本申请实施例的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图6是本申请实施例的一种在单TPR下的一个TCI码点的TCI的示意图；
图7至图10是本申请实施例的一种MAC CE的结构示意图；
图11是本申请实施例的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图12是本申请实施例的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图13是本申请实施例的一种MAC CE的结构示意图；
图14是本申请实施例的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图15是本申请实施例的一种在多个TPR下的一个TCI码点的TCI的示意图；
图16是本申请实施例的一种通信装置的功能单元组成框图；
图17是本申请实施例的又一种通信装置的功能单元组成框图；
图18是本申请实施例的一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图19是本申请实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
应理解，本申请实施例中涉及的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别不同对象，而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外，术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如，包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、软件、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元，而是可能还包括没有列出的步骤或单元，或还可能包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其他步骤或单元。
本申请实施例中涉及的“实施例”意味着，结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例，也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是，本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。
本申请实施例中的“至少一个”或“至少一项”，指的是一个或多个，多个指的是两个或两个以上。
本申请实施例中的“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示如下三种情况：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B。其中，A、B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”可以表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
本申请实施例中的“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，指的是这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a、b或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示如下七种情况：a，b，c，a和b，a和c，b和c，a、b和c。其中，a、b、c中的每一个可以是元素，也可以是包含一个或多个元素的集合。
本申请实施例中涉及“的(of)”、“相应的(corresponding，relevant)”、“对应的(corresponding)”、“关联的(associated，related)”、“映射的(mapped)”有时可以混用。应当指出的是，在不强调区别时，所要表达的概念或含义是一致的。
本申请实施例中的“网络”可以与“系统”等表达为同一概念，通信系统即为通信网络。
本申请实施例中的“连接”是指直接连接或者间接连接等各种连接方式，以实现设备间的通信，对此不做具体限定。
下面对本申请实施例的通信系统进行具体介绍。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种无线通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(advanced long term evolution，LTE-A)系统、新空口(New Radio，NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum，LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum，NR-U)系统、非地面通信网络(non-terrestrial networks，NTN)系统、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、第6代(6th-Generation，6G)通信系统或者其他通信系统等。
需要说明的是，传统的通信系统所支持的连接数有限，且易于实现。随着通信技术的发展，本申请的通信系统不仅可以支持传统的通信系统，还可以支持如设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信、机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信、机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)、车辆间(vehicle to vehicle，V2V)通信、车联网(vehicle to everything，V2X)通信、窄带物联网(narrow band internet of things，NB-IoT)通信等。因此，本申请实施例的技术方案也可以应用于上述通信系统。
示例的，本申请实施例可以应用于波束成形/波束赋形(beamforming)、载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)、双连接(dual connectivity，DC)或者独立(standalone，SA)部署场景等。
又示例的，本申请实施例可以应用于非授权频谱的通信场景。其中，在本申请实施例中，非授权频谱也可以认为是共享频谱。或者，本申请实施例也可以应用于授权频谱。其中，授权频谱也可以认为是非共享频谱。
可选的，本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于NTN系统，例如，卫星通信系统。对于卫星通信系统而言，通常网络设备是通过卫星实现与地面终端设备通信的。
示例性的，本申请实施例的一种通信系统的网络架构，可以参阅图1。如图1所示，通信系统10可以包括网络设备110和终端设备120。终端设备120可以通过无线方式与网络设备110进行通信。另外，通信系统10还可以包括服务器或其它设备。例如，通信系统10中除了网络设备110之外可以包括其他网络设备。再例如，通信系统10中除了终端设备120之外可以包括其他终端设备。
当然，图1仅为一种通信系统的网络架构的举例说明，对本申请实施例的通信系统的网络架构并不构成限定。
【终端设备】
终端设备，可以为一种具有收发功能的设备，又可以称之为终端、用户设备(user equipment，UE)、远程终端设备(remote UE)、中继设备(relay UE)、接入终端设备、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、移动设备、用户终端设备、智能终端设备、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。需要说明的是，中继设备是能够为其他终端设备(包括远程终端设备)提供中继转发服务的终端设备。
例如，终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人自动驾驶中的无线终端设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备或者智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备等。
又例如，终端设备可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、下一代通信系统(例如NR通信系统、6G通信系统)中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，对此不作具体限定。
可选的，终端设备可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载；可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)；可以部署在空中(如飞机、气球和卫星等)。
可选的，终端设备可以包括无线通信功能的装置，例如芯片系统、芯片、芯片模组。示例的，该芯片系统可以包括芯片，还可以包括其它分立器件。
可选的，本申请实施例的终端设备，可以是芯片、芯片模组、装置、单元等，对此不作具体限制。
【网络设备】
网络设备，可以为一种具有收发功能的设备，可以用于与终端设备之间进行通信。
可选的，网络设备可以负责空口侧的无线资源管理(radio resource management，RRM)、服务质量(quality of service，QoS)管理、数据压缩和加密、数据收发等。
可选的，网络设备可以包括通信系统中的基站(base station，BS)或者部署于无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)用于提供无线通信功能的设备，即网络设备可以包括RAN中的设备。
例如，RAN中的设备可以包括LTE通信系统中的演进型节点B(evolutional node B，eNB或eNodeB)、NR通信系统中的下一代演进型的节点B(next generation evolved node B，ng-eNB)、NR通信系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B，gNB)、双连接架构中的主节点(master node，MN)、双连接架构中的第二节点或辅节点(secondary node，SN)等，对此不作具体限制。
可选的，网络设备还可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point，AP)、中继站、未来演进的PLMN网络中的通信设备、NTN网络中的通信设备等。
可选的，网络设备可以包括具有为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置，例如芯片系统、芯片、芯片模组。示例的，该芯片系统可以包括芯片，或者，可以包括其它分立器件。
可选的，网络设备可以是传输接收点(transmission and reception point，TRP)。
可选的，网络设备可以与互联网协议(Internet Protocol，IP)网络进行通信。例如，因特网(internet)、私有的IP网或者其他数据网等。
可选的，网络设备可以包括一个独立的节点以实现上述基站的功能，或者可以包括两个或多个独立的节点以实现上述基站的功能。例如，网络设备包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)，如gNB-CU和gNB-DU。进一步的，在另一些实施例中，网络设备还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)。其中，CU实现网络设备的一部分功能，DU实现网络设备的另一部分功能。比如，CU负责处理非实时协议和服务，实现无线资源控制(RRC)层、服务数据适配(service data adaptation protocol，SDAP)层、分组数据汇聚(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务，实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(MAC)层和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。另外，AAU可以实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者由PHY层的信息转变而来，因此，在该网络部署下，高层信令(如RRC信令)可以认为是由CU生成，由DU发送的，或者由DU和AAU共同发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以包括CU、DU、AAU中的至少一个。另外，可以将CU划分为RAN设备，或者，也可以将CU划分为核心网设备，对此不做具体限定。
可选的，网络设备可以是与终端设备进行相干协作传输(coherent joint transmission，CJT)的多站点中的任一站点，或者是该多站点外的其他站点，或者是其他与终端设备进行网络通信的网络设备，对此不作具体限制。其中，多站点相干协作传输可以为多个站点联合相干传输，或者属于同一个物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)的不同数据从不同的站点发送到终端设备，或者多个站点虚拟成一个站点进行传输，或者，其他方式的协作传输。多站点相干协作传输中的站点可以为射频拉远头(remote radio head，RRH)、传输接收点(transmission and reception point，TRP)、网络设备等，对此不作具体限定。
可选的，网络设备也可以是与终端设备进行非相干协作传输(non-coherent joint transmission，NCJT)的多站点中的任一站点，或者是该多站点外的其他站点，或者是其他与终端设备进行网络通信的网络设备，对此不作具体限制。其中，多站点非相干协作传输可以为多个站点联合非相干传输，或者属于同一个PDSCH的不同数据从不同的站点发送到终端设备，或者属于同一个PDSCH的不同数据从不同的站点发送到终端设备，或者，其他方式的非协作传输。多站点非相干协作传输中的站点可以为RRH、TRP、网络设备等，对此不作具体限定。
可选的，网络设备可以为小区提供服务，而该小区中的终端设备可以通过传输资源(如频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信。其中，该小区可以为宏小区(macro cell)、小小区(small cell)、城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)和毫微微小区(femto cell)等。
可选的，本申请实施例所述的网络设备，可以是芯片、芯片模组、装置、单元等，对此不作具体限制。
上面对通信系统进行了说明。下面对本实施例所涉及的相关内容进行说明。
【波束】
波束是一种通信资源。波束可以是宽波束，或者窄波束，或者其他类型波束。波束成形(beamforming)技术可以称为波束赋形技术或者其他技术手段。波束成形技术可以具体为数字波束成形技术，模拟波束成形技术，混合数字/模拟波束成形技术。不同的波束可以认为是不同的资源。通过不同的波束可以发送相同的信息或者不同的信息。可选的，可以将具有相同或者类似的通信特征的多个波束视为是一个波束。一个波束内可以包括一个或多个天线端口，用于传输数据信道，控制信道和探测信号等，例如，发射波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布，接收波束可以是指从天线上接收到的无线信号在空间不同方向上的信号强度分布。可以理解的是，形成一个波束的一个或多个天线端口也可以看作是一个天线端口集。波束在协议中的体现还是可以空域滤波器(spatial filter)。
波束的信息可以通过索引(index)信息进行标识(ID)。可选地，索引信息可以对应配置终端设备的资源标识，比如，索引信息可以对应配置的信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information-reference signal，CSI-RS)的ID或者资源，也可以对应配置的上行探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，简称SRS)的ID或者资源。或者，可选地，索引信息也可以是通过波束承载的信号或信道显示或隐式承载的索引信息，比如，索引信息可以是通过波束发送的同步信号或者广播信道指示该波束的索引信息。
或者，可选地，波束的信息的标识包括可以通过波束的绝对索引、波束的相对索引，波束的逻辑索引，波束对应的天线端口的索引，波束对应的天线端口组的索引，下行同步信号块的时间索引，波束对连接(beam pair link,BPL)信息，波束对应的发送参数(Tx parameter)，波束对应的接收参数(Rx parameter)，波束对应的发送权重(weight)，权重矩阵(weight vector)，权重向量(weight matrix)，波束对应的接收权重，或者它们的索引，波束对应的发送码本(codebook)，波束对应的接收码本，或者它们的索引。
波束在新无线接入(new radio，NR)协议中的体现可以是空域滤波器(spatial domain filter)，或者称空间滤波器(spatial filter)，或称空域参数(spatial domain parameter)、空间参数(spatial parameter)、空域设置(spatial domain setting)、空间设置(spatial setting)、准共址(quasi colocation，QCL)信息、QCL假设、或者QCL指示等。波束可以通过传输配置指示状态(transmission configuration indication state，TCI state)参数来指示，或通过空间关系(spatial relation)参数来指示。因此，在本实施例中，波束可以替换为空域滤波器，空间滤波器，空域参数、空间参数、空域设置、空间设置、QCL信息、QCL假设、QCL指示、TCI state、或者空间关系等。上述术语之间也相互等效。波束也可以替换为其他表示波束的术语，本申请不作限定。
用于发送信号的波束可以称为发送波束(transmission beam，Tx beam)，也可以称为空域发送滤波器(spatial domain transmission filter)，空间发送滤波器(spatial transmission filter)，空域发送参数(spatial domain transmission parameter)或空间发送参数(spatial transmission parameter)，空域发送设置(spatial domain transmission setting)或空间发送设置(spatial transmission setting)。下行发送波束可以通过TCI state来指示。
用于接收信号的波束可以称为接收波束(reception beam，Rx beam)，也可以称为空域接收滤波器(spatial domain reception filter)，空间接收滤波器(spatial reception filter)，空域接收参数(spatial domain reception parameter)或空间接收参数(spatial reception parameter)，空域接收设置(spatial domain reception setting)或空间接收设置(spatial reception setting)。上行发送波束可以通过空间关系spatial relation，或上行TCI state，或SRS资源(表示采用该SRS的发送波束)来指示。因此上行波束还可以替换为SRS资源。
【传统(legacy)TCI状态】
在通信系统中，终端设备使用哪一个波束进行上行发送或者使用哪一个波束进行下行接收，可由网络设备指示。对于每一个物理信道或者物理信号，网络设备都可以通过不同的信令对终端设备进行波束指示，指导终端设备如何接收物理下行信道或者物理下行信号，以及指导终端设备如何发送上行物理信道或者物理上行信号。波束指示可通过TCI状态(state)实现。也就是说，可以通过TCI状态来指示物理下行信道或者下行信号的接收参数，通过TCI状态来指示物理上行信道或上行信号的发送参数。其中，物理下行信道例如可以为物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)或物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)等；下行信号例如可以为解调参考信号(de-modulation reference signal，DMRS)、或同步信号块(synchronization signaling block，SSB)等；物理上行信道例如可以为物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)或物理下行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)等，上行信号例如可以为探测参考信号(soundingreferencesignal，SRS)、相位噪声跟踪信号(phase noise tracking reference signal，PTRS)或上行定位信号(uplink positioning reference signal)等。
在一些可能的示例中，网络设备可使用RRC信令+媒体接入控制-控制元素(medium access control-control element，MAC-CE)+下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)的三级信令结构进行上行信道或下行信道的波束指示。为以下行信道为PDSCH为例，网络设备使用RRC信令来配置多个TCI状态，再使用MAC-CE从该多个TCI状态中激活多个TCI状态，最后使用DCI从该激活的多个TCI状态中指示一个TCI状态，该DCI指示的一个TCI状态用于当前的PDSCH传输。例如，网络设备使用RRC信令最多可配置128个TCI状态，再使用MAC CE激活最多8个TCI状态(随着标准的演进，可激活的TCI状态的数量可能大于8个)，最后使用DCI中的TCI字段从激活的TCI状态中指示一个TCI状态用于当前的PDSCH传输。
以下行信号为周期性的CSI-RS为例，网络设备使用RRC信令中的qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS字段配置该CSI-RS资源的TCI状态。
示例的，RRC信令配置的TCI状态可以包括TCI状态标识(identifier，ID)、准共址(quasi co-location，QCL)类型、或者QCL类型的QCL信息(QCL-Info)中的至少一项。QCL类型可以为以下之一项：
QCL类型A(typeA)：用于指示时延，多普勒偏移，时延扩展，多普勒扩展，即QCL typeA用于指示时频偏信息；
QCL类型(typeB)：用于指示多普勒偏移，多普勒扩展；
QCL类型(typeC)：用于指示时延，多普勒偏移；
QCL类型(typeD)：用于指示波束。
可以理解的是，若TCI状态的QCL类型为QCL typeA、QCL typeB或者QCL typeC，则表示该TCI状态用于指示时频偏信息等信息，不包括空域信息，一般用于辅助终端设备进行数据接收解调。若TCI状态的QCL类型为QCL typeD，则表示该TCI状态用于指示波束。需要说明的是，在TCI状态的QCL类型为QCL typeD的情况下，TCI状态与波束可以互相替换。下文所涉及的TCI状态的QCL类型默认为QCL typeD。
QCL信息可以包括参考信号字段，参考信号字段的取值可以是SSB索引(SSB index)或者CSI-RS资源标识(CSI-RS resource ID)。
示例的，当TCI状态中的参考信号字段的取值是非零功率CSI-RS资源标识时，表示的意义是网络设备指示终端设备采用该非零功率CSI-RS资源标识对应的CSI-RS资源的接收参数来接收物理下行信道。例如，若PDSCH的TCI状态中QCL typeA的参考信号包括CSI-RS资源的标识/索引，则终端设备使用该CSI-RS资源的时频偏信息接收PDSCH。再例如，若PDSCH的TCI状态中QCL typeD的参考信号包括CSI-RS资源的标识/索引，则终端设备使用该CSI-RS资源的接收波束接收PDSCH。
需要说明的是，在TCI状态的QCL类型为QCL typeD的情况下，TCI状态与波束可以互相替换。下文所涉及的TCI状态的QCL类型可以默认为QCL typeD。
【统一TCI状态(Unified TCI state)】
在3GPP NR R17的标准化过程中，设计了统一TCI状态。其中，统一TCI状态，可以用来做毫米波频段(即FR2)的波束管理中的上下行波束指示，可以适用于几乎全部的物理层信道和参考信号。例如，下行部分的PDCCH、PDSCH和CSI-RS分享网络设备的同一个下行发射波束；上行部分的PUCCH、PUSCH和SRS使用相同的上行发射波束。
统一TCI状态可以包括联合TCI状态(joint TCI state)，联合TCI状态可以用于指示上下的QCL参数，可以进行上行和下行联合指示。或者，统一TCI状态可以包括独立下行TCI状态(separate DL TCI state)和独立上行TCI状态(separate UL TCI state)。其中，独立下行TCI状态可以用于指示下行的QCL参数，独立上行TCI状态可以用于指示上行的QCL参数。
例如，网络设备如果指示一个用于下行的独立下行TCI状态，那么该独立下行TCI状态可以用于终端的PDSCH或PDSCH DMRS、PDCCH或PDCCH DMRS、以及一些下行参考信号。网络设备如果指示一个用于上行的独立上行TCI状态，那么该独立上行TCI状态可以用于终端设备的PUSCH或PUSCH DMRS、PUCCH或PUCCH DMRS、以及一些上下行参考信号。网络设备如果指示一个上下行联合TCI状态，那么该上下行联合TCI状态可以用于终端设备的PDSCH或PDSCH DMRS、PDCCH或PDCCH DMRS、一些下行参考信号、PUSCH或PUSCH DMRS、PUCCH或PUCCH DMRS、以及一些上行参考信号。
为了减少MAC CE开销，对于终端设备有多个服务小区的情况下可以将多个服务小区配置为至少一个分量载波(component carrier，CC)列表(list)，那么对于属于一个CC列表的多个服务小区，可以使用一个MAC CE来激活或更新对应的TCI状态。然而，服务小区可以被配置为单个传输接收点(single transmission reception point，S-TRP)传输也可以被配置为多个传输接收点(multi transmission reception point，M-TRP)参数。对于M-TRP传输的服务小区，可以基于单下行控制信息(single-downlink control information，S-DCI)配置，也可基于多下行控制信息(multi-downlink control information，M-DCI)配置。
【TDD系统引入SBFD的场景】
在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景中，本实施例涉及SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。其中，SBFD符号可以是指此符号进行SBFD操作，此符号的频域资源包含上行子带和下行子带，non-SBFD符号可以是指符号方向仅为上行或下行。
多时隙通信可以是指在时域上占用多个连续或非连续的时隙来进行数据/信号/信道传输。其中，多时隙通信可以包括多时隙的上行重复传输、多时隙的下行重复传输、多时隙的上行周期性传输、多时隙的下行周期性传输、多时隙PUSCH/PDSCH、或者多时隙传输块(transmission blocks of multi-slot，TBoMS)传输等中的至少一项。
多时隙的上行重复传输，可以是指在时域上占用多个连续或非连续的时隙来进行上行重复传输。其中，上行重复传输可以包括物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)重复传输、物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)重复传输、或者配置授权(configured grant PUSCH，CG PUSCH)重复传输等中的至少一项。
多时隙的下行重复传输，可以是指在时域上占用多个连续或非连续的时隙来进行下行重复传输。其中，下行重复传输可以包括物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)重复传输、物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)重复传输、或者半持续性调度(semi-persistent scheduling PDSCH，SPS PDSCH)重复传输等中的至少一项。
多时隙的上行周期性传输，可以是指在时域上占用多个连续或非连续的时隙来进行上行周期性传输。其中，上行周期性传输可以包括PUSCH周期性传输、PUCCH周期性传输、SRS周期性传输等中的至少一项。
多时隙的下行周期性传输，可以是指在时域上占用多个连续或非连续的时隙来进行下行周期性传输。其中，下行周期性传输可以包括PDSCH周期性传输、PDCCH周期性传输、CSI-RS周期性传输等中的至少一项。
多时隙PUSCH/PDSCH，可以是指一次调度多个PUSCH/PDSCH，多个PUSCH/PDSCH占在时域上占用多个连续或非连续的时隙。其中，PUSCH/PDSCH可以包括PUSCH解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal，DMRS)/PDSCH DMRS。
面对如何在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信的过程进行具体说明。
【方案1】
在“方案1”中，对于在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信的过程，当终端设备与网络设备需要进行某次通信(如多时隙的上行重复传输、多时隙的下行重复传输、多时隙的上行周期性传输、多时隙的下行周期性传输、多时隙PUSCH/PUCCH、或者多时隙的TBoMS传输)时，终端设备和网络设备可以确定用于该通信的资源。
其中，用于该通信的资源可以在可用资源中，该可用资源在时隙上可以占用多个时隙，例如该可用资源在时域上占用时隙1、时隙2、时隙3和时隙4。该通信可以是网络设备配置的、网络设备指示的、网络设备激活的、或者网络设备调度的，例如网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，该DCI调度PDSCH传输。另外，用于该通信的资源是网络设备配置、网络设备指示、或者网络设备激活的。
需要说明的是，用于该通信的资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙。其中，用于该通信的资源可以是可用资源中的一部分资源或全部资源。另外，用于该通信的资源在时域上所占用的时隙可以是可用资源在时域上所占用的时隙中的一部分时隙或全部时隙，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上所占用的时隙可以是连续的或者非连续的。例如，用于该通信的资源在时域上占用时隙1；或者，用于该通信的资源在时域上占用时隙1、时隙3和时隙5；或者，用于该通信的资源在时域上占用时隙1、时隙2和时隙3。
另外，用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为SBFD符号，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为non-SBFD符号，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
这样，终端设备或网络设备可以在用于该通信的资源上通过信道进行该通信，从而实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信。
需要说明的是，若用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，则这说明终端设备或网络设备仅在SBFD符号上进行通信，从而实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信。由于SBFD符号的频域资源包含上行子带和下行子带，因此SBFD符号可以同时支持上行传输和下行传输，从而有利于提高频谱利用率和灵活性。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行多时隙通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。若用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，则这说明终端设备或网络设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行通信，实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信。由于non-SBFD符号方向为上行或者下行，因此non-SBFD符号仅可以支持上行传输或者下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在non-SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行多时隙通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。
若用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则这说明终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信，从而在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上实现上行传输和/下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
值得注意的是，终端设备或网络设备在用于该通信的资源上通过信道进行该通信，可以为，终端设备在用于该通信的资源上通过上行信道传输信号/数据，对应的网络设备接收信号/数据；或者，可以为，网络设备在用于该通信的资源上通过下行信道传输信号/数据，对应的终端设备接收信号/数据。另外，若该通信为多时隙的上行重复传输或者多时隙的上行周期性传输，则终端设备在用于该通信的资源上进行多时隙的上行重复传输或者多时隙的上行周期性传输。若该通信为多时隙的下行重复传输或者多时隙的下行周期性传输，则网络设备在用于该通信的资源上进行多时隙的下行重复传输或者多时隙的下行周期性传输。
下面以用于该通信的资源为第一资源为例，对在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信的过程进行示例说明，如图2所示。其中，图2是本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图，具体包括如下步骤：
S210.在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，或者，第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，或者，第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
可见，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，则这说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，网络设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，或者终端设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行多时隙通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。
若第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或网络设备在non-SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，终端设备或网络设备可以通过non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或者下行传输。另外，相比于在多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在non-SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行多时隙通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。
若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，网络设备可以通过SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，或者终端设备可以通过SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或者下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
需要说明的是，对于在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，终端设备可以在第一资源上通过第一信道传输信号/数据，对应的网络设备接收信号/数据，此时第一资源为上行资源，第一信道为上行信道；或者，网络设备可以在第一资源通过第一信道上传输信号/数据，对应的终端设备接收信号/数据，此时第一资源为下行资源，第一信道为下行信道。
在一些可能的示例中，本实施例可以采用如下至少一个种方式以确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型：
【方式一】
在“方式一”中，该通信与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可见，本实施例可以引入该通信与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型之间的关联关系。这样，由于终端设备或网络设备可以确定该通信，因此终端设备或网络设备可以根据该通信和该关联关系确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，以便在所确定的符号类型对应的符号上进行该通信，从而实现隐式确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
在一些可能的示例中，该通信与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，可以是网络配置的、预配置的、或者标准协议规定的。其中，网络配置，可以理解为，网络设备通过MAC信令(如MAC CE)、RRC信令、DCI或者系统信息等进行配置。
以DCI为例，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，该DCI包括一个字段，该字段指示该通信与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。例如，当该通信为PUSCH传输时，该字段可以指示PUSCH与SBFD符号关联、或者PUSCH与non-SBFD符号关联、或者PUSCH与SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号关联。
在一些可能的示例中，该通信与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，包括该通信的传输方式与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
这样，由于终端设备或网络设备可以确定该通信的传输方式，因此终端设备或网络设备可以根据该通信的传输方式确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，以便终端设备或网络设备在第一资源上根据该通信的传输方式进行该通信。
需要说明的是，结合上述内容，该通信的传输方式可以为多时隙的周期性传输、多时隙的重复传输、多时隙PUSCH/PDSCH、或者TBoMS传输等中的之一项。其中，多时隙的周期性传输为多时隙的上行周期性传输或者多时隙的下行周期性传输；多时隙的重复传输为多时隙的上行重复传输或者多时隙的下行重复传输。可选的，该通信的传输方式可以是网络配置、网络指示或网络调度的。例如，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，该DCI调度PDSCH周期性传输。
对于多时隙的上行周期性传输，终端设备在第一资源上通过上行信道进行数据/信号的周期性传输，对应的网络设备接收数据/信号；对于多时隙的下行周期性传输，网络设备在第一资源上通过下行信道进行数据/信号的周期性传输，对应的终端设备接收数据/信号。其中，多时隙的周期性传输与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该关联可以是网络配置的、预配置的、或者标准协议规定的。
对于多时隙的上行周期性传输与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，多时隙的周期性传输可以与SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号上进行数据/信号的周期性传输。或者，多时隙的周期性传输可以与non-SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备或网络设备在non-SBFD符号上进行数据/信号的周期性传输。或者，多时隙的周期性传输可以与SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行数据/信号的周期性传输。
例如，以DCI为例，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，该DCI调度PDSCH周期性传输，以及该DCI指示PDSCH周期性传输与SBFD符号关联。这样，网络设备或终端设备仅在SBFD符号上进行PDSCH周期性传输。
对于多时隙的上行重复传输，终端设备在第一资源上通过上行信道进行数据/信号的重复传输，对应的网络设备接收数据/信号；对于多时隙的下行重复传输，网络设备在第一资源上通过下行信道进行数据/信号的重复传输，对应的终端设备接收数据/信号。其中，多时隙的重复传输与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该关联可以是网络配置的、预配置的、或者标准协议规定的。
对于多时隙的上行/下行重复传输与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，多时隙的上行/下行重复传输可以与SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号上进行数据/信号的重复传输。或者，多时隙的上行/下行重复传输可以与non-SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备或网络设备在non-SBFD符号上进行数据/信号的重复传输。或者，多时隙的上行/下行重复传输可以与SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行数据/信号的重复传输。
例如，以DCI为例，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，该DCI调度PUSCH重复传输，以及该DCI指示PUSCH重复传输与SBFD符号关联。这样，网络设备或终端设备仅在SBFD符号上进行PUSCH重复传输。
对于TBoMS传输，终端设备或网络设备在第一资源上进行TBoMS传输。其中，TBoMS传输与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该关联可以是网络配置的、预配置的、或者标准协议规定的。
对于TBoMS传输与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，TBoMS传输可以与SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号上进行TBoMS传输。或者，TBoMS传输可以与non-SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备或网络设备在non-SBFD符号上进行TBoMS传输。或者，TBoMS传输可以与SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行TBoMS传输。
在一些可能的示例中，该通信与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，包括用于该通信的信号与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
这样，终端设备或网络设备可以根据用于该通信的信号确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，在第一资源上传输用于该通信的信号。
需要说明的是，用于该通信的信号可以为SRS或者CSI-RS等。另外，用于该通信的信号可以是网络配置、网络指示、网络激活、或者网络调度的。例如，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，该DCI调度CSI-RS周期性传输。
对于SRS，终端设备在第一资源上传输SRS，对应的网络设备接收SRS。其中，SRS与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该关联可以是网络配置的、预配置的、或者标准协议规定的。
例如，对于用于该通信的信号为SRS，SRS可以与SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备在SBFD符号上传输SRS。或者，SRS可以与non-SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备在non-SBFD符号上传输SRS。或者，SRS可以与SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号关联，这样，终端设备在的SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上传输SRS。
对于CSI-RS，网络设备在第一资源上传输CSI-RS，对应的终端设备接收CSI-RS。其中，CSI-RS与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该关联可以是网络配置的、预配置的、或者标准协议规定的。其中，CSI-RS与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该关联可以是网络配置的、预配置的、或者标准协议规定的。
例如，CSI-RS可以与SBFD符号关联，这样，网络设备在SBFD符号上传输CSI-RS。或者，CSI-RS可以与non-SBFD符号关联，这样，网络设备在non-SBFD符号上传输CSI-RS。或者，CSI-RS可以与SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号关联，这样，网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上传输CSI-RS。
【方式二】
在“方式二”中，针对该通信，根据网络配置方式确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，网络配置方式是指网络设备通过RRC信令、MAC信令(如MAC CE)或DCI等信息指示/配置第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。这样，本实施例可以通过网络直接指示的方式实现显示确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
例如，高层信令(如RRC信令或MAC CE)配置或DCI指示如下之一项：第一值、第二值或者第三值。
第一值，可以指示符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；这样，终端设备或网络设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行该通信。
需要说明的是，对于第一值，仅在相应符号方向的non-SBFD符号的可用频域资源内传输。其中，相应符号方向的可用频域资源，是指符合相应信道或信号传输或接收方向的符号。例如，PDSCH只能在下行符号或灵活(Flexible)符号内，且需要处于当前激活DL BWP内；又例如，PUSCH只能在上行符号或灵活符号内，且需要处于当前激活UL BWP内。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如在SBFD符号内的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。
第二值，可以指示符号的类型为SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；这样，终端设备或网络设备仅在SBFD符号上进行该通信。
需要说明的是，对于第二值，仅在相应符号方向的SBFD符号的可用频域资源内传输。其中，相应符号方向的可用频域资源，是指符合相应信道或信号传输或接收方向的符号。例如，PDSCH只能在SBFD符号的下行子带且需要处于当前激活DL BWP内；又例如，PUSCH只能在SBFD符号的上行子带且需要处于当前激活UL BWP内。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如non-SBFD符号的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。
第三值，指示符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号。这样，终端设备或网络设备在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上进行该通信。其中，第三值可以由两者(all)表示。
需要说明的是，对于网络设备与终端设备之间需要进行多次通信的情况，网络设备可以只需要向终端设备指示一次用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型，该次指示的类型可以适用于每次通信。也就是说，每次通信所用的资源在时域上的符号的类型都为该次指示的类型，使得每次通信所用的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以是相同。这样，一次指示使用多次通信，从而有利于节省信令开销。
或者，对于网络设备与终端设备需要进行多次通信的情况，网络设备需要每次都向终端设备分别指示每次通信所用的资源在时域上的符号的类型。这样，针对每次通信所用的资源在时域上的符号的类型都单独进行网络指示，使得每次通信所用的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以是不同的，从而有利于实现资源配置的多样性。
下面以第一信息指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为例，网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一信息，对应的终端设备接收第一信息。这样，由于第一信息是由网络设备发送的，因此通过第一信息实现网络直接指示用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型。
需要说明的是，第一信息所指示的符号的类型可以适用于网络设备与终端设备之间的多次通信，即第一信息所指示的符号的类型除了适用于该通信之外还适用于网络设备与终端设备之间的其他通信。或者，第一信息所指示的符号的类型只适用于该通信，而网络设备与终端设备之间的其他通信所用的资源在时域上为符号类型需要网络设备另外进行指示。
另外，网络设备可以在第一资源上通过信道进行该通信之前向终端设备发送第一信息。例如，在图2中，网络设备在S210之前向终端设备发送第一信息。其中，这里的第一信息指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
在一些可能的示例中，第一信息由RRC信令、MAC信令、DCI或者系统信息携带。这样，由于RRC信令、MAC信令、DCI或者系统信息是由网络设备发送的，从而实现网络指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
在一些可能的示例中，第一信息为第一值、第二值或者第三值中的之一项。
需要说明的是，第一值、第二值和第三值的含义可以详见上述描述。也就是说，针对该通信，第一值指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，第二值指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，第三值指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
例如，以第一信息包含2个比特位为例，将该2个比特位的取值“00”作为第一值，将该2个比特位的取值“01”作为第二值，可以将该2个比特位的取值“10”作为第三值。
【方案2】
网络设备可以针对上行传输和/或下行传输配置至少一个TCI，TCI具有TCI状态。其中，TCI状可以指示物理下行信道或者下行信号的接收参数，或者可以指示物理上行信道或上行信号的发送参数。另外，在TCI状态的QCL类型为QCL typeD下，该TCI状态用于指示波束。
基于此，在“方案2”中，对于在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信的过程，当终端设备与网络设备需要进行某次通信(如多时隙的上行重复传输、多时隙的下行重复传输、多时隙的上行周期性传输、多时隙的下行周期性传输、多时隙PUSCH/PUCCH、或者多时隙的TBoMS传输)时，网络设备和终端设备可以确定用于该通信的资源以及该通信传输所使用的第一TCI。其中，用于该通信的资源在可用资源中，该可用资源在时域上占用多个时隙，例如该可用资源在时域上占用时隙1、时隙2、时隙3和时隙4。这样，终端设备可以基于第一TCI与网络设备进行该通信。
另外，该通信可以是网络设备配置、网络设备指示、网络设备激活、或者网络设备调度的，例如网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，该DCI调度PDSCH传输。用于该通信的资源是网络设备配置、网络设备指示、或者网络设备激活的。
需要说明的是，该通信的传输需要使用第一TCI。例如，DCI调度PDSCH传输，该PDSCH传输使用第一TCI。其中，第一TCI的TCI状态的QCL类型为QCL typeA、QCL typeB、QCL typeC或者QCL typeD中的之一项。其中，第一TCI的QCL typeD可以指示波束，以便终端设备与网络设备之间通过该波束进行该通信。
用于该通信的资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙。其中，用于该通信的资源可以是可用资源中的一部分资源或全部资源。另外，用于该通信的资源在时域上所占用的时隙可以是可用资源在时域上所占用的时隙中的一部分时隙或全部时隙，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上所占用的时隙可以是连续的或者非连续的。
另外，用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为SBFD符号，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为non-SBFD符号，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
这样，终端设备或网络设备可以基于第一TCI在用于该通信的资源上通过信道进行该通信，从而实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信。
下面以用于该通信的资源为第一资源为例，对在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信的过程进行示例说明，如图3所示。其中，图3是本申请实施例的又一种通信方法的流程示意图，具体包括如下步骤：
S310.基于第一TCI，在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，或者，第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号；或者，第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
可见，终端设备或网络设备可以基于第一TCI在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，从而实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信。
若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或网络设备仅在SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，网络设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，或者终端设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。
若第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或网络设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，终端设备或网络设备可以通过non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或者下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。
若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，网络设备可以通过SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，或者终端设备可以通过SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或者下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
下面本实施例从如下一种方式确定第一TCI和第一资源的第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
【方式A】
在“方式A”中，本实施例考虑TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。其中，TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，可以是网络配置的、网络指示的或者默认的。其中，默认的关联规则可以通过标准协议预定义。
例如，针对网络配置，以MAC CE指示TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联为例，MAC CE的结构如图4所示，MAC CE包括如下字段：
服务小区标识(Seving Cell Identity，Serving Cell ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的服务小区的标识；
下行带宽部分标识(DL BWP ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的DL BWP；
上行带宽部分标识(UL BWP ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的UL BWP；
D/U字段：该字段指示同一个字节中的TCI状态ID是用于联合/下行链路还是上行链路的TCI状态；如果该字段被设置为1，那么同一个字节中的TCI状态ID是用于联合/下行链路的TCI状态；如果这个字段被设置为0，那么同一个字节中的TCI状态ID是用于上行链路的TCI状态；
Symbol Type字段；该字段指示该MAC CE激活的TCI状态与SBFD符号或non-SBFD关联；
预留(Reserved，R)字段：表示预留比特，设置为0；
Pi(i＝1,2,…,8)字段：该字段指示第i个TCI码点包括多个TCI状态或者一个TCI状态；
TCI state ID字段：该字段指示TCI状态标识。
又例如，默认的关联规则为如下：针对网络设备所配置的多个TCI，该多个TCI中的第一个TCI与SBFD符号关联，该多个TCI中的第二个TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，该多个TCI中的第三个TCI与SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号关联。
在TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联的情况下，下面本实施例确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型进行具体说明。
对在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下进行多时隙通信的过程进行示例说明，如图5所示。其中，图5是本申请实施例的又一种通信方法的流程示意图，具体包括如下步骤：
S510.网络设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示至少一个TCI，该至少一个TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联；
S520.终端设备从该至少一个TCI中确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型；
S530.与S310相同，对此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，第一指示信息所指示的至少一个TCI可以为统一TCI状态或者传统TCI状态，下面分别进行具体说明。
【统一TCI状态】
针对统一TCI状态，第一指示信息所指示的TCI包括一个TCI码点(codepoint)的TCI。其中，该TCI码点的TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该TCI码点的TCI的TCI状态为统一TCI状态。下文中本实施例所提到的TCI可以等同于TCI状态。
下面以第一指示信息为MAC CE中的Pi(i＝1,2,…,8)字段为例进行具体说明。其中，该MAC CE用于激活/去激活(activation/deactivation)统一TCI状态，该MAC CE可以激活一个TCI码点的TCI。其中，该TCI码点的TCI可以包括两个TCI或者一个TCI，或者说TCI码点的TCI状态可以包括两个TCI状态或者一个TCI状态。
当该TCI码点的TCI包括两个TCI时，该两个TCI中的一个TCI与non-SBFD符号关联、且另一个TCI与SBFD符号关联，该两个TCI的TCI状态可以是独立TCI状态(separate TCI state)或者联合TCI状态((joint TCI state)。其中，当该TCI码点的TCI包括一个TCI时，该一个TCI与non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号关联。
以一个TCI码点的TCI包括两个TCI为例，如图6所示，在图6的(a)中，对于独立TCI状态，一个TCI码点包括上行TCI状态1或下行TCI状态1中的一个、以及上行TCI状态2或下行TCI状态2中的一个。其中，上行TCI状态1与SBFD符号关联，下行TCI状态1与SBFD符号关联，上行TCI状态2与non-SBFD符号关联，下行TCI状态2与non-SBFD符号关联。
在图6的(b)中，对于联合TCI状态，一个TCI码点包括联合TCI状态1和联合TCI状态2。其中，联合TCI状态1与SBFD符号关联，联合TCI状态2与SBFD符号关联。
例如，MAC CE的结构如图7所示，MAC CE包括如下字段：
服务小区标识(Serving Cell ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的服务小区的标识；
下行带宽部分标识(DL BWP ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的DL BWP；
上行带宽部分标识(UL BWP ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的UL BWP；
预留(R)字段：表示预留比特，设置为0；
Pi(i＝1,2,…,8)字段：该字段指示第i个TCI码点包括两个TCI状态或者一个TCI状态；如果Pi字段设置为1，则Pi字段指示第i个TCI码点包括两个TCI状态；其中，该两个TCI中的一个TCI与non-SBFD符号关联、且另一个TCI与SBFD符号关联；若Pi字段设置为0，则Pi字段指示第i个TCI码点包括一个TCI状态，该一个TCI状态与nonSBFD符号和SBFD符号关联；
N/S字段：这个字段指示同一字节中的TCI状态标识是用于联合TCI状态或者独立TCI状态；若该字段设置为1，则同一字节中的TCI状态标识用于联合TCI状态；若该字段设置为0，则同一字节中的TCI状态标识用于独立TCI状态；
TCI状态标识字段：该字段指示TCI状态标识。
综上所述，第一指示信息可以指示一个TCI码点的TCI，该TCI码点的TCI包括两个TCI或者一个TCI。当该TCI码点的TCI包括两个TCI时，该两个TCI为第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI。其中，第一候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，第二候选TCI与SBFD符号关联。
可选的，第一候选TCI的TCI状态为独立下行TCI状态(separate DL TCI state)、独立上行TCI状态或者联合TCI状态(joint TCI state)。
可选的，第二候选TCI的TCI状态为独立下行TCI状态、独立上行TCI状态或者联合TCI状态。
可选的，第一候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，可以是网络设备配置的或者标准协议规定的。
可选的，第二候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，可以是网络设备配置的或者标准协议规定的。
在一些可能的示例中，对于S520，终端设备可以根据网络配置方式确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，网络配置方式是指网络设备通过高层信令(如RRC信令或MAC CE)或DCI等信息进行指示/配置。
具体实现时，S520中的终端设备从该至少一个TCI中确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，可以包括如下步骤：
终端设备接收第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示第一TCI和/或第一资源在时域上的符号的类型；
终端设备根据第二指示信息确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
需要说明的是，第二指示信息可以由高层信令(如RRC信令或MAC CE)或DCI携带。另外，对于根据第二指示信息确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，本实施例存在如下情况：
一种情况是，若第二指示信息用于指示第一TCI，则确定第一TCI所关联的符号的类型为第一资源在时域上的符号的类型；这是因为，由于第一TCI会与符号的类型关联，因此终端设备可以根据第一TCI确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型；
一种情况是，若第二指示信息用于指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，则确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型所关联的TCI为第一TCI；这是因为，由于TCI会与符号的类型关联，因此终端设备可以根据第一资源在时域上的符号的类型确定第一TCI；
一种情况是，第二指示信息用于指示第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
例如，以第一指示信息所指示的两个TCI为第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI为例，第二指示信息包括第一值、第二值、第三值或者第四值中的之一项。
第一值，指示第一候选TCI和/或符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；此时，第一TCI为第一候选TCI，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；这样，终端设备或网络设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行该通信。由于第一候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，因此当第一值仅指示第一候选TCI时，根据关联可以确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；或者，当第一值仅指示符号的类型为non-SBFD符号时，根据关联可以确定第一TCI为第一候选TCI。
需要说明的是，对于第一值，仅在相应符号方向的non-SBFD的可用频域资源。其中，相应符号方向的可用频域资源，是指符合相应信道或信号传输或接收方向的符号。例如，PDSCH只能在下行符号或灵活符号内，且需要处于当前激活DL BWP内。又例如，PUSCH只能在上行符号或灵活符号内，且需要处于当前激活UL BWP内。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如在SBFD符号内的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。
第二值，指示第二候选TCI和/或符号的类型为SBFD符号；此时，第一TCI为第二候选TCI，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；这样，终端设备或网络设备仅在SBFD符号上进行该通信。由于第二候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，因此当第二值仅指示第二候选TCI时，根据关联可以确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；或者，当第一值仅指示符号的类型为SBFD符号时，根据关联可以确定第一TCI为第二候选TCI。
需要说明的是，对于第二值，仅在相应符号方向的SBFD符号的可用频域资源。其中，相应符号方向的可用频域资源，是指符合相应信道或信号传输或接收方向的符号。例如，PDSCH只能在SBFD符号的下行子带且需要处于当前激活DL BWP内；又例如，PUSCH只能在SBFD符号的上行子带且需要处于当前激活UL BWP内。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如在non-SBFD符号的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。
第三值，指示符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号。这样，终端设备或网络设备在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上进行该通信。其中，第三值可以由两者(all)表示。另外，由于第一候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联、且第二候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，因此当在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI，当在SBFD符号上传输时使用第二候选TCI。
需要说明的是，对于第三值，终端设备或网络设备仅在相应符号方向的可用频域资源内应用各自的TCI。例如，在non-SBFD符号方向的可用频域资源内应用第一候选TCI，在SBFD符号方向的可用频域资源内应用第二候选TCI。
第四值，指示符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。这样，终端设备或网络设备在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上进行该通信。另外，由于第一候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联、且第二候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，因此当在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI，当在SBFD符号上传输时使用第二候选TCI。
需要说明的是，对于第四值，终端设备或网络设备仅在相应符号方向的可用频域资源内应用同一个TCI。其中，该同一个TCI为除第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI之外的一个TCI。此时，第一TCI为除第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI之外的一个TCI。其中，第四值可以由均不(None)表示。
在一些可能的示例中，对于S520，终端设备可以根据默认方式确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，默认方式可以通过标准协议预定义，或满足特定条件时使用、且针对不同信道的特定条件会不同。
例如，以第一指示信息所指示的两个TCI为第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI为例，默认方式的选项为如下之一项：
选项1：该通信使用第一候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；此时，第一TCI为第一候选TCI，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；这样，终端设备或网络设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行该通信；由于第一候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，因此当默认该通信使用第一候选TCI时，根据关联可以确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；或者，当默认符号的类型为non-SBFD符号时，根据关联可以确定第一TCI为第一候选TCI；
选项2：该通信使用第二候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为SBFD符号；此时，第一TCI为第二候选TCI，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；这样，终端设备或网络设备仅在SBFD符号上进行该通信；由于第二候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，因此当默认该通信使用第二候选TCI时，根据关联可以确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；或者，当默认符号的类型为SBFD符号时，根据关联可以确定第一TCI为第二候选TCI。
选项3：符号的类型为第一个信道或信号所在资源的符号的类型，且由符号的类型决定该通信所使用的TCI。
需要说明的是，若第一个信道或信号是DCI调度的信道或信号，则指由DCI调度所决定的第一个信道或信号的发送或接收位置的符号的类型；若第一个信道或信号是高层信令配置的信道或信号，则指每周期内第一个信道或信号的发送或接收位置的符号的类型；若第一个信道或信号是高层信令配置及MAC-CE激活的信道或信号，则指每周期内第一个信道或信号的发送或接收位置的符号的类型；若第一个信道或信号是高层信令配置及DCI激活的信道或信号，则指每周期内第一个信道或信号的发送或接收位置的符号的类型，或第一个激活时刻位置的符号的类型。另外，对于由符号的类型决定该通信所使用的TCI，若符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，则由于第一候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，则该通信所使用的TCI为第一候选TCI，此时第一TCI为第一候选TCI；若符号的类型为SBFD符号，则由于第二候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，则该通信所使用的TCI为第二候选TCI，此时第一TCI为第二候选TCI。
选项4：符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。这样，终端设备或网络设备在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上进行该通信。另外，由于第一候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联、且第二候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，因此当在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI，当在SBFD符号上传输时使用第二候选TCI。
结合上述描述，下面本实施例从如下多个示例，对上述所提到的根据网络配置方式或默认方式确定该通信传输所使用的第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型进行示例说明。
示例1：以该通信为DCI(如DCI格式1_0/1_1/1_2/1_3)所调度/激活的PDSCH传输为例，如表1所示，当终端设备配置有第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI时，如果终端设备在频率范围1(FR1)中，或者如果终端设备支持两个默认波束的能力，或者如果终端设备不支持两个默认波束的能力，或者如果DCI所在PDCCH的结束位置与该DCI所调度/激活的PDSCH的开始位置之间的偏移等于或大于门限，或者如果该DCI所在PDCCH的结束位置与该DCI所调度/激活的PDSCH的开始位置之间的偏移小于门限，那么存在如下之一情况：
情况1：如果终端设备有配置高层信令，则通过高层信令指示该DCI所调度或激活的PDSCH传输所使用的第一TCI。其中，高层信令指示如下之一项：第一值、第二值、第三值或者第四值。例如，DCI格式1_0由控制资源集0(CORESET 0)上的非Type0/0A/2CSS的搜索空间PDCCH承载时，DCI格式1_0所调度或激活的PDSCH使用第一候选TCI或者第二候选TCI。
情况2：如果终端设备没有配置高层信令，则按照默认方式确定该DCI所调度或激活的PDSCH所使用的第一TCI。其中，默认方式的选项为如下之一项：
选项1：该DCI所调度或激活的PDSCH传输使用第一候选TCI、且该PDSCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为第一候选TCI，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；
选项2：该DCI所调度或激活的PDSCH传输使用第二候选TCI、且该PDSCH仅在SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为第二候选TCI，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；
选项3：只在DCI格式1_0所调度或激活的第一个信道或信号所在资源的符号的类型中传输PDSCH，且由符号类型决定PDSCH传输所使用的TCI。例如，DCI格式1_0所激活的第一个SPS PDSCH所在资源的符号的类型为SBFD符号，则后续所有SPS PDSCH均只在SBFD符号上传输，而处于non-SBFD的时刻会丢弃或推迟。
选项4：该PDSCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输。
情况3：当该DCI(如DCI格式1_1/1_2/1_3)存在第一字段(如第一字段为时机选择字段，第一字段由高层信令配置是否存在)时，终端设备应根据以下内容确定该DCI所调度或激活的PDSCH所使用的第一TCI和该PDSCH的资源在时域上的符号的类型：
如果第一字段的值/码点为“00”，则该DCI所调度或激活的PDSCH使用第一候选TCI、且该PDSCH仅在non-SBFD符号的下行子带的可用频域资源上传输；
如果第一字段的值/码点“01”，则该DCI所调度或激活的PDSCH使用第二候选TCI、且该PDSCH仅在SBFD符号的下行子带的可用频域资源上传输；
如果第一字段的值/码点“10”，则该DCI所调度或激活的PDSCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上的传输；其中，当该PDSCH在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI；当该PDSCH在SBFD符号上的传输时使用第二候选TCI。
情况3：当该DCI(如DCI格式1_1/1_2/1_3)没有存在第一字段时，则按照默认方式确定该DCI所调度或激活的PDSCH所使用的第一TCI和该PDSCH的资源在时域上的符号的类型。
表1
示例2：以该通信为CORESET中的PDCCH，用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口和用于该PDCCH承载的DCI所调度的PDSCH的DM-RS天线端口准共址于TCI状态的参考信号。
表2
如表2所示，对于索引为0的CORESET(即CORESET0)，如果该CORESET提供了第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI，则存在如下情况：
情况1：若该CORESET关联Type0/Type0A/Type2的PDCCH CSS及搜索空间0，则
如果高层信令配置有第一值(如‘first’)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第一候选TCI提供的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为第一候选TCI；
如果高层信令配置有第二值(如“second”)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第二候选TCI的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH仅在SBFD符号上传输；此时第一TCI为第二候选TCI；
如果高层信令配置有第四值(如'none')，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与除第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI之外的其他TCI的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为其他TCI；其中，该其他TCI由该CORESET的MAC CE激活命令指示。
情况2：若CORESET不关联Type0/Type0A/Type2的PDCCH CSS及搜索空间0，则
如果高层信令配置有第一值(如‘first’)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第一候选TCI提供的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为第一候选TCI；
如果高层信令配置有第二值(如“second”)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第二候选TCI的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH仅在SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为第二候选TCI；
如果高层信令配置有第三值(如“both”)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；其中，当该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI；当该PDSCH在SBFD符号上的传输时使用第二候选TCI；
如果高层信令配置有第四值(如'none')，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与除第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI之外的其他TCI的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为其他TCI；其中，该其他TCI由该CORESET的MAC CE激活命令指示。
情况3：否则，用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与在最近的随机接入过程之中标识的SSB准共址。
如表2所示，对于索引为非0的CORESET(非CORESET0)，如果该CORESET提供了第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI，则存在如下情况：
情况a：若该CORESET关联USS集合和/或Type3的PDCCH CSS集合，则
如果高层信令配置有第一值(如‘first’)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第一候选TCI提供的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为第一候选TCI；
如果高层信令配置有第二值(如“second”)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第二候选TCI的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH仅在SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为第二候选TCI；
如果高层信令配置有第三值(如“both”)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；其中，当该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI；当该PDSCH在SBFD符号上的传输时使用第二候选TCI；
情况b：若该CORESET关联除Type3的PDCCH CSS集以外的CSS集，则
如果高层信令配置有第一值(如‘first’)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第一候选TCI提供的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为第一候选TCI，
如果高层信令配置有第二值(如“second”)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第二候选TCI的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH仅在SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为第二候选TCI；
如果高层信令配置有第三值(如“both”)，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；其中，当该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI；当该PDSCH在SBFD符号上的传输时使用第二候选TCI；
如果高层信令配置有第四值(如'none')，则用于该PDCCH接收的DM-RS天线端口与除第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI之外的其他TCI的参考信号准共址，以及该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为其他TCI；其中，该其他TCI由该CORESET的MAC CE激活命令指示。
示例3：以该通信为CSI-RS传输为例，终端设备配置有第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI。
如果携带触发DCI的PDCCH的最后一个符号与非周期CSI-RS资源集中的非周期CSI-RS资源的第一个符号之间的偏移大于阈值，则在CSI非周期触发状态(CSI Aperiodic Trigger State)的CSI关联报告配置信息(CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo)中为每个CSI-RS资源集或CSI-RS资源(取决于终端设备能力)提供RRC配置时，该RRC配置第一值、第二值或者第三值。
如果携带触发DCI的PDCCH的最后一个符号与非周期CSI-RS资源集中的非周期CSI-RS资源的第一个符号之间的偏移小于阈值，则
如果在与非周期性CSI-RS相同的符号中没有DL信号，则如果终端设备在FR1中，或者如果终端设备上报自身在FR2中具有支持两个默认波束的能力，则在为非周期性CSI-RS资源或非周期性CQI-RS资源集提供高层配置时，该高层配置第一值或者第二值。当该高层配置第一值时非周期性CSI-RS的传输使用第一候选TCI；当该高层配置第一值时，非周期性CSI-RS的传输使用第二候选TCI；否则，非周期性CSI-RS的传输使用第一候选TCI。
如果在与非周期性CSI-RS相同的符号中有DL信号，则如果在与CSI-RS相同的符号中存在具有指示的TCI状态的任何其他DL信号，则终端设备在接收非周期性CSI-RS时也应用其他DL信号的QCL假设。其他DL信号是指以大于或等于阈值门限时间的调度PDSCH、周期性CSI-RS、半持续性CSI-RS、或者非周期性的CSI-RS。如果在与AP CSI-RS相同的符号中存在两个指示的TCI状态的PDSCH，则在为AP CSI-RS资源或非周期性CSI-RS资源集提供高层配置时，该高层配置第一值或者第二值。当高层配置第一值时，AP CSI-RS的传输使用第一候选TCI；当高层配置第二值时，第二候选TCI。
示例4：以该通信为PUSCH传输为例，终端设备配置有第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI。
对于DCI格式0_0所调度或激活的PUSCH传输，高层配置第一值，该PUSCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输。这样，DCI格式0_0所调度或激活的PUSCH传输使用第一候选TCI。
对于类型1配置授权PUSCH，高层配置第一值、第二值或者第三值。这样，类型1配置授权PUSCH使用第一候选TCI和/或第二候选TCI。其中，用于CB/NCB传输的第一SRS资源集相关联的PUSCH传输时机或PUSCH天线端口，使用第一候选TCI。用于CB/NNCB传输的第二SRS资源集相关联的PUSCH传输时机和PUSCH天线端口，使用第二候选TCI。
示例5：以该通信为PUCCH传输为例，终端设备配置有第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI。
如果高层配置第一值，则该PUCCH使用第一候选TCI，该PUCCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输。如果高层配置第二值，则该PUCCH使用第二候选TCI，该PUCCH仅在SBFD符号上传输。如果高层配置第三值，则该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；其中，当该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI；当该PDSCH在SBFD符号上的传输时使用第二候选TCI。
示例6：以用于该通信的信号为SRS为例，终端设备配置有第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI。对于周期性、半持续性或非周期性SRS资源集，若高层配置第一值，则SRS资源集上的SRS传输使用第一候选TCI；若高层配置第二值，则SRS资源集上的SRS传输使用第二候选TCI。
当终端设备包含控制资源集池索引(coresetPoolIndex)的两个不同值时，第一候选TCI对应于coresetPoolIndex值0，第二候选TCI对应于coresetPoolIndex值1。
当终端设备包含两个不同的coresetPoolIndex值、且高层参数applyIndicatedCIState配置的非周期性SRS资源集以及非周期性的SRS资源集由与coresetPoolIndex值相关联的CORESET上的PDCCH触发时，非周期性SRS资源集上的SRS传输使用特定于coresetPoolIndex值的TCI状态或TCI UL State。
【传统TCI状态】
针对传统TCI状态，第一指示信息所指示的TCI包括一个TCI码点(codepoint)的TCI。其中，该TCI码点的TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该TCI码点的TCI的TCI状态为传统TCI状态。下文中本实施例所提到的TCI可以等同于TCI状态。
下面以第一指示信息为MAC CE中的TCI状态标识(TCI state ID)字段为例进行具体说明。网络设备可以通过RRC配置TCI状态，如网络设备通过PDSCH-Config配置为终端设备最多配置128个TCI状态。然后，网络设备可以按照图8所述的MAC CE的格式，从RRC配置的TCI状态中激活N(N为正整数)组TCI状态，并通过MAC-CE信令指示给终端设备。其中，图8中的MAC CE包括如下字段：
R字段：表示预留比特；
服务小区标识(Serving Cell ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC-CE可以适用的服务小区，占5个比特；
带宽部分标识(BWP ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的DL BWP，该BWP ID可以作为DCI中BWP指示字段的码点；
需要说明的是，对于图8中的TCI state IDm,n，m的取值为0～N，对应至多N组TCI状态；n的取值为1～2，对应一组TCI状态可以包括一个或两个TCI状态。TCI state IDm,n可以表示的m对应的一组TCI状态中的第n个TCI状态。于是，网络设备可通过MAC CE为终端设备配置至多8组TCI状态，每组TCI状态包括一个或两个TCI状态，每组TCI状态占MAC CE中两个连续的字节(Oct)，一个字节包括8个比特。
对于每组TCI状态包括两个TCI状态，该两个TCI状态中的第1个TCI状态由Ci字段指示存在或不存在，第2个TCI状态由1个比特指示存在或者不存在。
在图8中的第1组TCI状态占Oct 3和Oct 4，第1组TCI状态中的两个TCI状态分别记作TCI state ID0,1和TCI stateID0,2。其中，TCI state ID0,1由C0字段指示存在或不存在，Oct 3中的S0字段指示TCI state ID0,2是否存在。可以理解的是，在网络设备向终端设备配置MAC CE时，Oct 3和Oct 4为可选的(optional)字节。例如，当C0＝0时，可以表示TCI state ID0,1不存在；当C0＝1时，可以表示TCI state ID0,1存在；当S0＝0时，可以表示TCI state ID0,2不存在；当S0＝1时，可以表示TCI state ID0,2存在。
最后，网络设备可以通过DCI向终端设备指示MAC CE所配置的多组TCI状态中的一组TCI状态。例如，对于网络设备通过MAC CE配置了8组TCI状态来说网络设备可以在DCI中包含3比特，3比特的取值范围为0～7，1个取值也可以记作1个码点，1个码点对应MAC CE中的一组TCI状态。当该3比特为000时，该3个比特对应MAC CE中m取0的第1组TCI状态；当该3比特为001时，该3比特对应MAC CE中m取1的第2组TCI状态，依次类推；当该3比特为111时，该3比特对应MAC-CE中m取7的第8组TCI状态。在实际应用时，终端设备可以根据DCI所指示的一组TCI状态中的两个TCI状态与两个TRP进行通信，且该两个TCI状态与该两个TRP一一对应。
需要说明的是，图8中的TCI state IDm,1与non-SBFD符号关联；TCI state IDm,2与SBFD符号关联。当TCI state IDm,1不存在时，该通信只在SBFD符号内传输；当TCI state IDm,2不存在时，该通信只在non-SBFD符号内传输。当TCI state IDm,1和TCI state IDm,2均存在时，该通信进行跨SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号传输。其中，TCI state IDm,1为第一候选TCI、TCI state IDm,2为第二候选TCI。
综上所述，第一指示信息可以指示一组TCI，该一组TCI包括第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI。其中，第一候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，第二候选TCI与SBFD符号关联。
在一些可能的示例中，对于S520，终端设备可以根据网络配置方式确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，网络配置方式是指网络设备通过高层信令(如RRC信令或MAC CE)或DCI等信息进行指示/配置。
具体实现时，S520中的从该至少一个TCI中确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，可以包括如下步骤：
接收第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示第一TCI和/或第一资源在时域上的符号的类型；
根据第二指示信息确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
需要说明的是，第二指示信息可以由高层信令(如RRC信令或MAC CE)或DCI携带。另外，对于根据第二指示信息确定第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，本实施例存在如下情况：
一种情况是，若第二指示信息用于指示第一TCI，则确定第一TCI所关联的符号的类型为第一资源在时域上的符号的类型；这是因为，由于第一TCI会与符号的类型关联，因此终端设备可以根据第一TCI确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型；
一种情况是，若第二指示信息用于指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，则确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型所关联的TCI为第一TCI；这是因为，由于TCI会与符号的类型关联，因此终端设备可以根据第一资源在时域上的符号的类型确定第一TCI；
一种情况是，第二指示信息用于指示第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
结合上述描述，下面本实施例从如下多个示例，对网络设备通过高层信令指示该通信传输所使用的第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型进行示例说明。
示例a：以该通信为CORESET中的PDCCH为例，网络设备可以按照如图9示意的MAC CE格式，为一个CORESET中的PDCCH从RRC所配置的TCI状态中激活第m组TCI状态中的TCI state IDm,1和TCI state IDm,2，并通过MAC CE指示第一TCI给终端设备。其中，图9中的MAC CE包括如下字段：
R字段：表示预留比特；
服务小区标识(Serving Cell ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC-CE可以适用的服务小区，占5个比特；
CORESET标识(CORESET ID)字段，该字段指示是CORESET标识；
C1字段，该字段指示TCI state IDm,1是否存在；其中，当C1＝0时，可以表示TCI state IDm,1不存在；当C1＝1时，可以表示TCI state IDm,1存在；
C2字段，该字段指示TCI state IDm,2是否存在；其中，C2＝0时，可以表示TCI state IDm,2不存在；C2＝1时，可以表示TCI state IDm,2存在。
这样，对于TCI state IDm,1与non-SBFD符号关联、以及TCI state IDm,2与SBFD符号关联，当C1＝0、且C2＝1时，该CORESET中的PDCCH传输使用TCI state IDm,2，以及该PDCCH仅在SBFD符号上传输；此时，第一TCI为TCI state IDm,2，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；当C1＝1、且C2＝0时，该CORESET中的PDCCH传输使用TCI state IDm,1，以及该PDCCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输，此时第一TCI为TCI state IDm,1；当C1＝1、且C2＝1时，该CORESET中的PDCCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输，该PDCCH在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用TCI state IDm,1，以及该PDCCH在SBFD符号上传输时使用TCI state IDm,2。值得注意的是，TCI state IDm,1为第一候选TCI，TCI state IDm,2为第二候选TCI。
示例b：以该通信为CSI-RS传输为例，对于周期性CSI-RS的RRC配置信息指示第一候选TCI和/或第二候选TCI，用于提供QCL源和QCL类型。当RRC配置信息指示第一候选TCI时，周期性CSI-RS的传输使用第一候选TCI，周期性CSI-RS仅在non-SBFD符号上传输。当RRC配置信息指示第二候选TCI时，周期性CSI-RS的传输使用第二候选TCI，周期性CSI-RS仅在SBFD符号上传输。当RRC配置信息指示第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI时，周期性CSI-RS在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；其中，周期性CSI-RS在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI，以及周期性CSI-RS在SBFD符号上传输时使用第二候选TCI。
对于半持续CSI-RS，高层信令配置多个半持续CSI-RS resource set，然后通过MAC CE激活或去激活。具体实现时，网络设备可以按照图10所示的MAC CE格式，从RRC所配置的TCI状态中激活多组半持续CSI-RS resource set，并且通过MAC CE信令指示每组半持续CSI-RS resource set上的半持续CSI-RS传输所使用的第一候选TCI和/或第二候选TCI。其中，图10中的MAC CE包括如下字段：
R字段：表示预留比特；
服务小区标识(Serving Cell ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC-CE可以适用的服务小区，占5个比特；
带宽部分标识(BWP ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的DL BWP，该BWP ID可以作为DCI中BWP指示字段的码点；
半持续CSI-RS资源集标识(SP CSI-RS resource set ID)字段：该字段包含NZP CSI-RS ResourceSet的索引，该索引指示半持续NZP CSI-RS资源，指示应激活或停用的半持续NZP CSI/RS资源集，该字段的长度为6位；
IM：该字段指示是否存在CSI-IM资源集ID字段；其中，如果IM字段设置为1，则存在半持续CSI-IM资源集ID字段；如果IM字段设置为0，则不存在半持续CSI-IM资源集ID字段；
半持续CSI-IM资源集标识(SP CSI-IM resource set ID)：此字段包含CSI IM资源集的索引，该资源集指示应激活或停用的半持续CSI-IM资源集，该字段的长度为6位；
需要说明的是，对于图10中的TCI state IDm,n，m的取值为0～N，对应至多N组TCI状态；n的取值为1～2，对应一组TCI状态可以包括一个或两个TCI状态。TCI state IDm,n可以表示的m对应的一组TCI状态中的第n个TCI状态。于是网络设备可通过MAC CE为终端设备配置至多8组TCI状态，每组TCI状态包括一个或两个TCI状态，每组TCI状态占MAC-CE中两个连续的字节，一个字节包括8个比特。
对于每组TCI状态包括两个TCI状态，两个TCI状态中的第1个TCI状态由Ci字段指示存在或不存在，第2个TCI状态由1个比特指示存在或者不存在。
在图10中的第1组TCI状态占Oct 5和Oct 6，第1组TCI状态中的两个TCI状态分别记作TCI state ID0,1和TCI stateID0,2。其中，TCI state ID0,1由C0字段指示存在或不存在，Oct 5中的S0字段指示TCI state ID0,2是否存在。可以理解的是，在网络设备向终端设备配置MAC CE时，Oct 5和Oct 6为可选的(optional)字节。例如，当C0＝0时，可以表示TCI state ID0,1不存在；当C0＝1时，可以表示TCI state ID0,1存在；当S0＝0时，可以表示TCI state ID0,2不存在；当S0＝1时，可以表示TCI state ID0,2存在。
另外，图10中的TCI state IDm,1与non-SBFD符号关联；TCI state IDm,2与SBFD符号关联。当TCI state IDm,1不存在时，半持续CSI-RS只在SBFD符号上传输；当TCI state IDm,2不存在时，半持续CSI-RS只在non-SBFD符号上传输。当TCI state IDm,1和TCI state IDm,2均存在时，半持续CSI-RS在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上传输，半持续CSI-RS在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用TCI state IDm,1，以及半持续CSI-RS在SBFD符号上传输时使用TCI state IDm,2。需要说明的是，TCI state IDm,1为第一候选TCI、TCI state IDm,2为第二候选TCI。
对于非周期CSI-RS，每个非周期CSI-RS资源的TCI，通过qcl-info的高层信令配置准共址RS源和准共址类型的配置。qcl-info配置信息指示第一候选TCI和/或第二候选TCI，用于提供QCL源和QCL类型。当qcl-info配置信息指示第一候选TCI时，非周期性CSI-RS的传输使用第一候选TCI，以及非周期性CSI-RS仅在non-SBFD符号上传输。当qcl-info配置信息指示第二候选TCI时，非周期性CSI-RS的传输使用第二候选TCI，以及非周期性CSI-RS仅在SBFD符号上传输。当qcl-info配置信息指示第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI时，非周期性CSI-RS在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；其中，当非周期性CSI-RS在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI，以及当非周期性CSI-RS在SBFD符号上传输时使用第二候选TCI。
示例c：以该通信为PUCCH传输为例，网络设备通过RRC信令为其配置多个波束，并通过MAC CE对每个PUCCH资源的波束进行激活。其中，MAC CE针对PUCCH的传输指示第一候选TCI和/或第二候选TCI，用于提供QCL源和QCL类型。
当MAC CE指示第一候选TCI时，该PUCCH的传输使用第一候选TCI，以及该PUCCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输。当MAC CE指示第二候选TCI时，该PUCCH的传输使用第二候选TCI，以及该PUCCH仅在SBFD符号上传输。当MAC CE指示第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI时，该PUCCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；其中，该PUCCH在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI，以及该PUCCH在SBFD符号上传输时使用第二候选TCI。
示例d：以该通信为PUSCH传输为例，终端设备使用与网络设备指示的SRS资源相同的波束传输。对基于码本的PUSCH，与之对应的SRS资源集合中最多有两个SRS资源。对于非码本的PUSCH，则最多有4个SRS资源。基于码本或非码本的PUSCH的SRS资源集合中使用的SRS资源具有第一候选TCI或第二候选TCI，用于提供QCL源和QCL类型。
当具有第一候选TCI时，该PUSCH的传输使用第一候选TCI，以及该PUSCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输。当具有第二候选TCI时，该PUSCH的传输使用第二候选TCI，以及该PUSCH仅在SBFD符号上传输。当具有第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI时，该PUSCH在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；其中，该PUSCH在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI，以及该PUSCH在SBFD符号上传输时使用第二候选TCI。
示例e：以该通信为SRS传输为例，SRS所用的波束(SpatialRelationInfo)是在RRC信令中配置的。其中，高层信令配置SRS的传输使用第一候选TCI或第二候选TCI，用于提供QCL源和QCL类型。当高层信令配置第一候选TCI时，该SRS的传输使用第一候选TCI，以及该PUSCH仅在non-SBFD符号上传输。当高层信令配置第二候选TCI时，该SRS的传输使用第二候选TCI，以及该SRS仅在SBFD符号上传输。当高层信令配置第一候选TCI和第二候选TCI时，该SRS在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上传输；其中，该SRS在non-SBFD符号上传输时使用第一候选TCI，以及该SRS在SBFD符号上传输时使用第二候选TCI。
示例f：以该通信为PUCCH传输、SRS传输或PUSCH传输为例，默认波束是从RRC配置到MAC-CE激活这段时间内的波束信息，这时候终端设备默认的上行波束就可以正常工作。其中，用于指示默认波束的TCI为第一TCI。
对于PUCCH，网络设备可以针对每个PUCCH资源配置波束(PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfo)以及路径损耗参考信号。当没有配置波束时，PUCCH的默认波束可以与另外一个下行或者上行信号关联。由于该另外一个下行或者上行信号可以关联SBFD符号和/或non-SBFD符号，因此该PUCCH的符号的类型可以该另外一个下行或者上行信号所关联的符号的类型相同，即该PUCCH在与该另外一个下行或者上行信号所关联的符号的类型相同的符号上传输。例如，在没有配置PUCCH波束时，将PUCCH的默认上行波束与一个预先定义的CORESET的下行QCL源参考信号相关联；若下行QCL源参考信号关联SBFD符号，则该PUCCH在SBFD符号上传输。
如果PUCCH所在的服务小区存在CORESET，则PUCCH的默认波束由标识(ID)最小的CORESET得到。终端设备将该CORESET的TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号的接收波束作为PUCCH的默认波束。由于该CORESET的TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号可以关联SBFD符号和/或non-SBFD符号，因此该PUCCH的符号的类型可以该CORESET的TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号所关联的符号的类型相同，即该PUCCH在与该CORESET的TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号所关联的符号的类型相同的符号上传输。例如，该CORESET的TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号所关联的符号的类型为SBFD符号，则该PUCCH在SBFD符号上传输。
如果PUCCH所在的服务小区没有配置CORESET，则PUCCH的默认波束由激活的PDSCH的TCI状态ID最小的TCI状态得到。终端设备将该TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号的接收波束作为PUCCH的默认波束。由于该TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号可以关联SBFD符号和/或non-SBFD符号，因此该PUCCH的符号的类型可以该TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号所关联的符号的类型相同，即该PUCCH在与该TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号所关联的符号的类型相同的符号上传输。例如，该TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号所关联的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则该PUCCH在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上传输。
对于既无CORESET，又无激活TCI状态的服务小区，没有对其的PUCCH默认波束进行定义。
这里都是假设终端的下行波束和上行波束之间存在互易性，从而一个下行信号的接收波束可以作为另一个上行信号的发送波束。
对于SRS，SRS引入了与PUCCH相同的波束和路径损耗参考信号的配置方案。也就是说，如果在激活的BWP内存在CORESET，SRS的上行发送波束由ID最小的CORESET得到；否则，SRS的上行发送波束由激活的PDSCH的TCI状态中ID最小的CI状态得到。
对于PUSCH，波束和路径损耗参考信号不是显式配置的。PUSCH的路径损耗参考信号是通过在RRC信令中配置与SRI域取值关联的参考信号来指示。对于DCI格式0_1所调度的PUSCH，SRI总是对应一个SRS资源，这个SRS资源会提供相应的波束和路径损耗参考信号配置，因此不需要定义默认波束。
唯一的例外是，对于用DCI格式0_0调度PUSCH的情况，当用DCI格式0_0来调度PUSCH并且开启默认波束设置时，波束和路径损耗参考信号都由ID最小的CORESET得到。此时，终端设备将该CORESET的TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号的波束作为PUSCH的默认波束。由于该CORESET的TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号可以关联SBFD符号和/或non-SBFD符号，因此该PUSCH的符号的类型可以该CORESET的TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号所关联的符号的类型相同，即该PUSCH在与该CORESET的TCI状态的QCL typeD的参考信号所关联的符号的类型相同的符号上传输。值得注意的是，这种情况适用于激活的BWP没有配置PUCCH资源，或者所有的PUCCH资源没有配置波束时。如果至少有一个PUCCH资源被配置了波束并且关闭了默认波束设置，终端设备按照R15的方案确定默认波束。由于该默认波束可以关联SBFD符号和/或non-SBFD符号，因此该PUSCH的符号的类型可以该默认波束所关联的符号的类型相同，即该PUSCH在与该默认波束所关联的符号的类型相同的符号上传输。
【方式B】
在“方式B”中，本实施例考虑TCI不与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。这样，终端设备或网络设备需要分别确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型和第一TCI。
对于第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，本实施例可以采用上述“方式一”或者“方式二”来确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，对此不再赘述。
对于第一TCI，网络设备可以向终端设备配置/指示该通信传输所使用的第一TCI，实现网络配置/指示第一TCI。
例如，网络设备可以通过RRC向终端设备配置至少一个TCI，再通过MAC CE向终端设备激活TCI，最后通过DCI向终端设备指示该通信传输所使用的第一TCI。
以第二信息指示至少一个TCI、以及第一激活信息用于激活第一TCI为例，网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息，对应的终端设备接收第二信息；网络设备向终端设备发送第一激活信息，对应的终端设备接收第一激活信息。可选的，第二信息由MAC CE携带，第一激活信息由DCI携带。
这样，由于第二信息和第一激活信息是由网络设备发送的，因此通过第二信息和第一激活信息实现网络指示该通信传输所使用的第一TCI。
需要说明的是，网络设备可以先发送第二信息，再发送第一激活信息。或者，网络设备可以同时发送第二信息和第一激活信息。或者，第二信息和第一激活信息可以在同一个信令中或者不同的信令中。另外，在用于通信的资源上通过信道进行通信之前，网络设备可以发送第二信息和第一激活信息，对应的终端设备接收第二信息和第一激活信息。例如，在图3中，网络设备在S310之前向终端设备发送第二信息和第一激活信息。
【方案3】
在“方案3”中，本实施例可以考虑终端设备与单个TRP进行通信。具体实现时，本实施例可以将上述“方案1”或“方案2”中所提到的网络设备看作是单个TRP。
例如，在图2的S210中，对于终端设备来说，终端设备在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，可以看作是终端设备在第一资源上通过第一信道与单个TRP进行通信；对于TRP来说，TRP在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，可以看作是TRP在第一资源上通过第一信道与终端设备进行通信。又例如，在图3的S310中，对于终端设备来说，终端设备基于第一TCI在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，可以看作是终端设备基于第一TCI在第一资源上通过第一信道与单个TRP进行通信；对于TRP来说，TRP基于第一TCI在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，可以看作是TRP基于第一TCI在第一资源上通过第一信道与终端设备进行通信。
需要说明的是，对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下终端设备与单个TRP进行通信的过程，可以详见上述“方案1”或“方案2”，对此不再赘述。
【方案4】
在“方案4”中，本实施例可以考虑在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下终端设备与多个TRP进行多时隙通信的过程。
对于在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下终端设备与多个TRP进行多时隙通信的过程，当终端设备需要在同一个资源和同一个信道上通过相同的信号与多个TRP需要进行某次通信(如多时隙的上行重复传输、多时隙的下行重复传输、多时隙的上行周期性传输、多时隙的下行周期性传输、多时隙PUSCH/PUCCH、或者多时隙的TBoMS传输)时，多个TRP和终端设备可以确定用于该通信的资源。其中，用于该通信的资源在可用资源中，该可用资源在时域上占用多个时隙。这样，终端设备可以在用于该通信的资源上通过同一个信道和相同的信号与多个TRP进行通信。
需要说明的是，用于该通信的资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙。其中，用于该通信的资源可以是可用资源中的一部分资源或全部资源。另外，用于该通信的资源在时域上所占用的时隙可以是可用资源在时域上所占用的时隙中的一部分时隙或全部时隙，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上所占用的时隙可以是连续的或者非连续的。
用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为SBFD符号，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为non-SBFD符号，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
另外，终端设备在用于该通信的资源上通过信道与多个TRP进行通信，可以为，终端设备在用于该通信的资源上通过上行信道传输信号/数据，对应的多个TRP接收信号/数据；或者，可以为，多个TRP在用于该通信的资源上通过下行信道传输信号/数据，对应的终端设备接收信号/数据。
下面以用于该通信的资源为第一资源为例，对在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下终端设备与多个TRP进行多时隙通信的过程进行示例说明，如图11所示。其中，图11是本申请实施例的又一种通信方法的流程示意图，具体包括如下步骤：
S1110.在第一资源上通过第一信道与多个TRP进行通信，其中，第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，或者，第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号；或者，第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
可见，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或多个TRP仅在SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，多个TRP可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，或者终端设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行多时隙通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。
若第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或多个TRP仅在non-SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，终端设备或多个TRP可以通过non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或者下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在non-SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行多时隙通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。
若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则这说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或多个TRP在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，多个TRP可以通过SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，或者终端设备可以通过的SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或者下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
在一些可能的示例中，本实施例可以采用如下至少一种方式以确定用于通信的资源在时域上占用时域中的符号的类型进行示例说明。
【方式1】
在“方式1”中，该通信与第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。其中，“方式1”可以详见上述“方式一”，对此不再赘述。
【方式2】
在“方式2”中，网络设备可以向终端设备直接指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，“方式2”可以详见上述“方式二”，对此不再赘述。
【方案5】
网络设备可以针对上行传输和/或下行传输配置至少一个TCI，TCI具有TCI状态。其中，TCI状可以指示物理下行信道或者下行信号的接收参数，或者可以指示物理上行信道或上行信号的发送参数。另外，在TCI状态的QCL类型为QCL typeD下，该TCI状态用于指示波束。
基于此，“在方案5”中，对于在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下终端设备与多个TRP进行多时隙通信的过程，当终端设备需要在同一资源和同一信道上与多个TRP进行某次通信(如多时隙的上行重复传输、多时隙的下行重复传输、多时隙的上行周期性传输、多时隙的下行周期性传输、多时隙的PUSCH/PUCCH、或者多时隙的TBoMS传输)时，多个TRP和终端设备可以确定用于该通信的资源以及确定该通信传输所使用的多个TCI。其中，用于该通信的资源在可用资源中，该可用资源在时域上占用多个时隙。该多个TCI用于指示多个波束。这样，终端设备可以通过该多个波束与该多个TRP进行该通信，以及不同波束对应不同的TRP。
需要说明的是，用于该通信的资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙。其中，用于该通信的资源可以是可用资源中的一部分资源或全部资源。另外，用于该通信的资源在时域上所占用的时隙可以是可用资源在时域上所占用的时隙中的一部分时隙或全部时隙，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上所占用的时隙可以是连续的或者非连续的。
另外，用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为SBFD符号，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为non-SBFD符号，或者用于该通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型可以为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
下面本实施例以该多个TRP包括第一TRP和第二TRP、该多个TCI包括第一TCI和第二TCI为例进行具体说明。
这样，终端设备可以基于第一TCI在用于该通信的资源上通过信道与第一TRP进行该通信，以及基于第二TCI在用于该通信的资源上通过信道与第二TRP进行该通信，从而实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下中终端设备与多个TRP进行多时隙通信。
下面以用于该通信的资源为第一资源为例，对在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下终端设备与第一TRP和第二TRP进行多时隙通信的过程进行示例说明，如图12所示。其中，图12是本申请实施例的又一种通信方法的流程示意图，具体包括如下步骤：
S1210.基于第一TCI在第一资源上通过第一信道与第一TRP进行通信，以及基于第二TCI在第一资源上通过第一信道与第一TRP进行通信，其中，第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，或者，第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号；或者，第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
可见，通过第一TCI、第二TCI、第一资源和第一信道实现在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下终端设备与第一TRP和第二TRP进行多时隙通信。
若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或多个TRP仅在SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，多个TRP可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，或者终端设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行多时隙通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。
若第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或多个TRP仅在non-SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，终端设备或多个TRP可以通过non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或者下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在non-SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行多时隙通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。
若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备或多个TRP在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信。这样，多个TRP可以通过SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，或者终端设备可以通过的SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或者下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
下面本实施例从如下一种方式确定第一TCI和第一资源的第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
【方式a】
在“方式a”中，本实施例考虑TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。其中，TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，可以是网络配置的、网络指示的或者默认的。其中，默认的关联规则可以通过标准协议预定义。
例如，针对网络配置，以MAC CE指示TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联为例，MAC CE的结构如图13所示，MAC CE包括如下字段：
服务小区标识(Serving Cell ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的服务小区的标识；
下行带宽部分标识(DL BWP ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的DL BWP；
上行带宽部分标识(UL BWP ID)字段：该字段指示该MAC CE适用的UL BWP；
D/U字段：该字段指示同一个字节中的TCI状态ID是用于联合/下行链路还是上行链路的TCI状态；如果该字段被设置为1，那么同一个字节中的TCI状态ID是用于联合/下行链路的TCI状态；如果这个字段被设置为0，那么同一个字节中的TCI状态ID是用于上行链路的TCI状态；
Symbol Type字段；该字段指示该MAC CE激活的TCI状态与SBFD符号或non-SBFD关联；
预留(Reserved，R)字段：表示预留比特，设置为0；
Pi(i＝1,2,…,8)字段：该字段指示第i个TCI码点包括多个TCI状态或者一个TCI状态；
TCI state ID字段：该字段指示TCI状态标识。
又例如，默认的关联规则为如下：针对网络设备所配置的多个TCI，该多个TCI中的第一个TCI与SBFD符号关联，该多个TCI中的第二个TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，该多个TCI中的第三个TCI与SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号关联。
在TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联的情况下，下面本实施例确定该通信传输所使用的TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型进行具体说明。
对在TDD系统引入SBFD的场景下终端设备与第一TRP和第二TRP进行多时隙通信的过程进行示例说明，如图14所示。其中，图14是本申请实施例的又一种通信方法的流程示意图，具体包括如下步骤：
S1410.网络设备发送第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示多个TCI，该多个TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联；
S1420.终端设备从该多个TCI中确定第一TCI、第二TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型；
S1430.与S1210相同，对此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，第三指示信息所指示的TCI可以包括一个TCI码点的TCI。其中，该TCI码点的TCI与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该TCI码点的TCI的TCI状态为统一TCI状态。下文中本实施例所提到的TCI可以等同于TCI状态。
下面以第三指示信息为MAC CE中的字段为例进行具体说明。其中，该MAC CE用于激活/去激活统一TCI状态，该MAC CE可以激活一个TCI码点的TCI。其中，该TCI码点的TCI可以包括四个TCI或者两个TCI，或者说该TCI码点的TCI状态可以包括四个TCI状态或者两个TCI状态。
需要说明的是，当该TCI码点的TCI包括四个TCI时，该四个TCI的TCI状态可以是独立TCI状态(separate TCI state)或者联合TCI状态(joint TCI state)。另外，第一TRP对应该四个TCI中的两个TCI，第二TRP对应该四个TCI中的剩余两个TCI。其中，第一TRP所对应的两个TCI中的一个TCI与non-SBFD符号关联、且另一个TCI与SBFD符号关联。第二TRP所对应的两个TCI中的一个TCI与non-SBFD符号关联、且另一个TCI与SBFD符号关联。
当该TCI码点的TCI包括两个TCI时，第一TRP对应该两个TCI中的一个TCI，第二TRP对应该两个TCI中的另一个TCI，该两个TCI中的一个TCI与non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号关联，另一个TCI与non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号关联。另外，该两个TCI中的每个TCI包含2个QCL typeD。
以一个TCI码点的TCI包括四个TCI为例，如图15所示，在图15的(a)中，对于独立TCI状态，一个TCI码点包括上行TCI状态1_1或下行TCI状态1_1中的一个、上行TCI状态1_2或下行TCI状态1_2中的一个、上行TCI状态2_1或下行TCI状态2_1中的一个、以及上行TCI状态2_2或下行TCI状态2_2中的一个。其中，上行TCI状态1_1、下行TCI状态1_1、上行TCI状态1_2和下行TCI状态1_2对应第一TRP，上行TCI状态2_1、下行TCI状态2_1、上行TCI状态2_2和下行TCI状态2_2对应第二TRP。另外，上行TCI状态1_1和下行TCI状态1_1与non-SBFD符号关联，上行TCI状态1_2和下行TCI状态1_2与SBFD符号关联，上行TCI状态2_1和下行TCI状态2_1与non-SBFD符号关联，上行TCI状态2_2和下行TCI状态2_2与SBFD符号关联。
在图15的(b)中，对于联合TCI状态，一个TCI码点包括联合TCI状态1_1、联合TCI状态1_2、联合TCI状态2_1和联合TCI状态2_2。其中，联合TCI状态1_1和联合TCI状态1_2对应第一TRP，联合TCI状态2_1和联合TCI状态2_2对应第二TRP。另外，联合TCI状态1_1和联合TCI状态2_1与non-SBFD符号关联，联合TCI状态1_2和联合TCI状态2_2与SBFD符号关联。
综上所述，第三指示信息可以指示一个TCI码点的TCI，该TCI码点的TCI包括四个TCI或者两个TCI。当该TCI码点的TCI包括四个TCI时，该四个TCI为第一non-SBFD候选TCI、第一SBFD候选TCI、第二non-SBFD候选TCI和第二SBFD候选TCI。其中，第一non-SBFD候选TCI和第二SBFD候选TCI对应第一TRP，第一SBFD候选TCI和第二non-SBFD候选TCI对应第二TRP。第一non-SBFD候选TCI和第二non-SBFD候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，第一SBFD候选TCI和第二SBFD候选TCI与SBFD符号关联。
另外，第一non-SBFD候选TCI与第一SBFD候选TCI可以组成一对(pair)，第二non-SBFD候选TCI与第二SBFD候选TCI可以组成一对(pair)。此时，激活的一个TCI码点的TCI可以包括第一候选TCI对(pair)、第二候选TCI对。其中，第一候选TCI对包括第一non-SBFD候选TCI和第一SBFD候选TCI，第二候选TCI对包括第二non-SBFD候选TCI和第二SBFD候选TCI。
可选的，第一non-SBFD候选TCI的TCI状态为独立下行TCI状态(separate DL TCI state)、独立上行TCI状态或者联合TCI状态(joint TCI state)。
可选的，第一SBFD候选TCI的TCI状态为独立下行TCI状态、独立上行TCI状态或者联合TCI状态。
可选的，第二non-SBFD候选TCI的TCI状态为独立下行TCI状态(separate DL TCI state)、独立上行TCI状态或者联合TCI状态(joint TCI state)。
可选的，第二SBFD候选TCI的TCI状态为独立下行TCI状态、独立上行TCI状态或者联合TCI状态。
可选的，第一non-SBFD候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，可以是网络设备配置的或者标准协议规定的。
可选的，第一SBFD候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，可以是网络设备配置的或者标准协议规定的。
可选的，第二non-SBFD候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，可以是网络设备配置的或者标准协议规定的。
可选的，第二SBFD候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，可以是网络设备配置的或者标准协议规定的。
在一些可能的示例中，对于S1420，终端设备可以根据网络配置方式确定第一TCI、第二TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，网络配置方式是指网络设备通过RRC信令、MAC信令(如MAC CE)或DCI等信息进行指示/配置。
具体实现时，S1420中的终端设备从该多个TCI中确定第一TCI、第二TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，可以包括如下步骤：
终端设备接收第四指示信息，第四指示信息用于指示第一TCI、第二TCI、或者第一资源在时域上的符号的类型中的至少一项；
终端设备根据第四指示信息确定第一TCI、第二TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
需要说明的是，第四指示信息可以由高层信令(如RRC信令或MAC CE)或DCI等携带。另外，对于根据第二指示信息确定第一TCI、第二TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，本实施例存在如下情况：
一种情况是，若第四指示信息用于指示第一TCI和第二TCI，则确定第一TCI或第二TCI所关联的符号的类型为第一资源在时域上的符号的类型；这是因为，由于第一TCI或第二TCI会与符号的类型关联、且第一TCI所关联的符号的类型与第二TCI所关联的符号的类型相同，因此终端设备可以根据第一TCI或第二TCI确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型；
一种情况是，若第二指示信息用于指示第一资源在时域上的符号的类型，则确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型所关联的TCI为第一TCI和第二TCI；这是因为，由于TCI会与符号的类型关联、且第一TCI所关联的符号的类型与第二TCI所关联的符号的类型相同，因此终端设备可以根据第一资源在时域上的符号的类型确定第一TCI和第二TCI；
一种情况是，第二指示信息用于指示第一TCI、第二TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
例如，以第三指示信息所指示的四个TCI为第一non-SBFD候选TCI、第一SBFD候选TCI、第二non-SBFD候选TCI和第二SBFD候选TCI为例，第四指示信息包括以下至少一个选项：
选项1：第一non-SBFD值、第二non-SBFD值、或者第三non-SBFD值中的之一项；
选项2：第一SBFD值、第二SBFD值、或者第三SBFD值中的之一项；
选项3：第一non-SBFD值、第二non-SBFD值、或者第三non-SBFD值中的之一项、以及第一SBFD值、第二SBFD值、或者第三SBFD值中的之一项。
第一non-SBFD值：指示第一non-SBFD候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；这样，终端设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行该通信。
需要说明的是，由于第一non-SBFD候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，因此当第一non-SBFD值仅指示第一non-SBFD候选TCI时，根据关联可以确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；或者，当第一non-SBFD值仅指示符号的类型为non-SBFD符号时，根据关联可以确定第一non-SBFD候选TCI。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如在SBFD符号内的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。
第二non-SBFD值：指示第二non-SBFD候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；这样，终端设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行该通信。
需要说明的是，由于第二non-SBFD候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，因此当第二non-SBFD值仅指示第二non-SBFD候选TCI时，根据关联可以确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；或者，当第二non-SBFD值仅指示符号的类型为non-SBFD符号时，根据关联可以确定第二non-SBFD候选TCI。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如在SBFD符号的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。
第三non-SBFD值：指示第一non-SBFD候选TCI和第二non-SBFD候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；这样，终端设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行该通信。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如在SBFD符号的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。其中，第三non-SBFD值可以由两者(all)表示。
第一SBFD值：指示第一SBFD候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；这样，终端设备仅在SBFD符号上进行该通信。
需要说明的是，由于第一SBFD候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，因此当第一SBFD值仅指示第一SBFD候选TCI时，根据关联可以确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；或者，当第一SBFD值仅指示符号的类型为SBFD符号时，根据关联可以确定第一SBFD候选TCI。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如在non-SBFD符号内的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。
第二SBFD值：指示第二SBFD候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；这样，终端设备仅在SBFD符号上进行该通信。
需要说明的是，由于第二SBFD候选TCI与SBFD符号关联，因此当第二SBFD值仅指示第二SBFD候选TCI时，根据关联可以确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；或者，当第二SBFD值仅指示符号的类型为SBFD符号时，根据关联可以确定第二SBFD候选TCI。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如在non-SBFD符号内的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。
第三SBFD值：指示第一SBFD候选TCI和第二SBFD候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；这样，终端设备仅在SBFD符号上进行该通信。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如在non-SBFD符号的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。其中，第三SBFD值可以由两者(all)表示。
第一non-SBFD值和第一SBFD值：指示第一non-SBFD候选TCI和第一SBFD候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号；这样，终端设备在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上进行该通信。当在non-SBFD符号上进行通信时使用第一non-SBFD候选TCI，当在SBFD符号上进行通信时使用第一SBFD候选TCI。
第二non-SBFD值和第二SBFD值：指示第二non-SBFD候选TCI和第二SBFD候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号；这样，终端设备在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上进行该通信。当在non-SBFD符号上进行通信时使用第二non-SBFD候选TCI，当在SBFD符号上进行通信时使用第二SBFD候选TCI。
第一non-SBFD值和第二SBFD值：指示第一non-SBFD候选TCI和第二SBFD候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号；这样，终端设备在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上进行该通信。当在non-SBFD符号上进行通信时使用第一non-SBFD候选TCI，当在SBFD符号上进行通信时使用第二SBFD候选TCI。
第二non-SBFD值和第一SBFD值：指示第二non-SBFD候选TCI和第一SBFD候选TCI，和/或符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号；这样，终端设备在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上进行该通信。当在non-SBFD符号上进行通信时使用第二non-SBFD候选TCI，当在SBFD符号上进行通信时使用第一SBFD候选TCI。
又例如，以第三指示信息所指示的TCI包括第一候选TCI对和第二候选TCI对为例，第四指示信息包括以下至少一个选项：
选项a：第一non-SBFD值和第一SBFD值；
选项b：第二non-SBFD值和第二SBFD值；
选项c：第三non-SBFD和第三SBFD值。
需要说明的是，针对第一non-SBFD值、第一SBFD值、第二non-SBFD值、第二SBFD值、第三non-SBFD和第三SBFD值的解释，可以详见上述上文，对此不再赘述。值得注意的是，与上述选项3区别在于，不存在第一non-SBFD值和第二SBFD值的组合方式，以及第二non-SBFD值和第一SBFD值的组合方式。
【方式b】
在“方式b”中，本实施例考虑TCI不与资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。这样，终端设备需要分别确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型和该通信传输所使用的TCI。
在一些可能的示例中，针对该通信，根据网络配置方式确定第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。其中，网络配置方式是指网络设备通过RRC信令、MAC信令(如MAC CE)或DCI等信息指示/配置第一TCI和第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
例如，高层信令(如RRC信令或MAC CE)配置或DCI指示如下之一项：第一值、第二值或者第三值。
第一值，指示符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号；这样，终端设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行该通信。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如在SBFD符号内的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。
第二值，指示符号的类型为SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号；这样，终端设备仅在SBFD符号上进行该通信。可选的，处于其它符号类型的时刻会被丢弃或推迟，例如non-SBFD符号的传输或接收时刻会被丢弃或推迟。
第三值，指示符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号；此时，第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号。这样，终端设备在non-SBFD符号和SBFD符号上进行该通信。其中，第三值可以由两者(all)表示。
在一些可能的示例中，网络设备向终端设备配置该通信传输所使用的TCI。
例如，网络设备可以通过RRC向终端设备配置至少一个TCI，再通过MAC CE向终端设备激活TCI，最后通过DCI向终端设备指示该通信传输所使用的TCI。
以第三信息指示多个TCI、以及第一激活信息用于激活第一TCI和第二TCI为例，网络设备向终端设备发送第三信息，对应的终端设备接收第三信息；网络设备向终端设备发送第二激活信息，对应的终端设备接收第二激活信息。可选的，第三信息由MAC CE携带，第二激活信息由DCI携带。
这样，由于第三信息和第二激活信息是由网络设备发送的，因此通过第三信息和第二激活信息实现网络指示该通信传输所使用的第一TCI和第二TCI。
需要说明的是，网络设备可以先发送第三信息，再发送第二激活信息。或者，网络设备可以同时发送第三信息和第二激活信息。或者，第三信息和第二激活信息可以在同一个信令中或者不同的信令中。另外，在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信之前，网络设备可以发送第三信息和第二激活信息，对应的终端设备接收第三信息和第二激活信息。例如，在图12中，网络设备在S1210之前向终端设备发送第三信息和第二激活信息。
下面对本实施例的一种通信装置的功能单元进行示例说明。
上述主要从方法侧的角度对本申请实施例的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，终端设备为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本实施例能够以硬件或硬件与计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件或计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以对每个特定的应用使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本实施例的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端设备进行功能单元的划分。例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件程序模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，只是一种逻辑功能划分，而实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图16是本申请实施例的一种通信装置的功能单元组成框图。其中，通信装置1600包括通信单元1601。
可选的，通信单元1601可以是一种用于对下行信号、信道的功率进行通信的模块单元，对此不作具体限制。其中，通信单元1601可以包括发送单元和/或接收单元。
可选的，通信装置1600还可以包括存储单元，用于存储通信装置1600所执行的计算机程序代码或者指令。其中，存储单元可以是存储器。
可选的，通信装置1600可以是芯片或者芯片模组。
例如，通信单元1601可以集成在处理单元中。其中，通信单元可以是通信接口、收发器、收发电路等。
需要说明的是，处理单元可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是基带处理器、基带芯片、中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框、模块和电路。处理单元也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合、DSP和微处理器的组合等。
可选的，通信装置1600用于执行如上述方法实施例中由终端设备/芯片/芯片模组等执行的任一步骤等。
具体实现时，通信单元1601用于执行如上述方法实施例中的任一步骤，且在执行诸如发送等动作时，可选择的调用其他单元来完成相应操作。下面进行详细说明。
通信单元1601，用于在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为non SBFD符号；或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
可见，对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备仅在SBFD符号上进行通信，使得终端设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。由于SBFD符号的频域包括上行子带和下行子带，因此多个时隙中的SBFD符号可以支持上行传输和下行传输，从而有利于提高频谱利用率和灵活性。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、传输控制信息(TCI)存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行通信。由于non-SBFD符号方向为上行或者下行，因此non-SBFD符号可以支持上行传输或者下行传输，从而使得终端设备可以通过non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在non-SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，使得终端设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
需要说明的是，图16所述实施例中各个操作的具体实现可以详见上述所示的方法实施例中的描述，在此不再具体赘述。
可选的，通信单元1601还用于：
接收第一信息，所述第一信息指示所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
可选的，所述通信与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联；或者，
用于所述通信的信号与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，通信单元1601用于：
基于第一传输配置指示TCI，在所述第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信。
可选的，所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，第一TCI为所述通信的第一候选TCI或所述通信的第二候选TCI中的一个，所述第一候选TCI与所述第一资源在时域为non-SBFD符号关联，所述第二候选TCI与所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号关联。
可选的，通信单元1601还用于：接收第二信息，所述第二信息指示所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，第二信息还指示第一TCI。
可选的，第二信息指示至少一个TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，所述至少一个TCI包含第一TCI。
可选的，通信单元1601还用于：
接收第一激活信息，第一激活信息用于激活第一TCI。
可选的，所述在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，包括：
在第一资源上通过第一信道分别与多个收发点TRP进行通信。
可选的，通信单元1601用于：
基于第一TCI在第一资源上通过第一信道与第一TRP进行通信，以及基于第二TCI在所述第一资源上通过所述第一信道与第二TRP进行通信。
可选的，所述第一TCI和第二TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，通信单元1601还用于：
接收第三信息，所述第三信息指示所述第一TCI和所述第二TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，第三信息指示多个TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，该多个TCI包含第一TCI和第二TCI。
可选的，通信单元1601还用于：
接收第二激活信息，第二激活信息用于激活第一TCI和第二TCI。
下面对本实施例的又一种通信装置的功能单元进行示例说明。
上述主要从方法侧的角度对本申请实施例的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，网络设备为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本实施例能够以硬件或硬件与计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件或计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以对每个特定的应用使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本实施例的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对网络设备进行功能单元的划分。例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件程序模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，只是一种逻辑功能划分，而实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图17是本申请实施例的又一种通信装置的功能单元组成框图。其中，通信装置1700包括通信单元1701。
可选的，通信单元1701可以是一种用于对下行信号、信道等进行调整处理的模块单元，对此不作具体限制。其中，通信单元1701可以包括发送单元或接收单元。
可选的，通信装置1700还可以包括存储单元，用于存储通信装置1700所执行的计算机程序代码或者指令。其中，存储单元可以是存储器。
可选的，通信装置1700可以是芯片或者芯片模组。
例如，通信单元1701可以是通信接口、收发器、收发电路等。
需要说明的是，处理单元可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是基带处理器、基带芯片、中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框、模块和电路。处理单元也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合、DSP和微处理器的组合等。
可选的，通信装置1700用于执行如上述方法实施例中由芯片/芯片模组/网络设备等执行的任一步骤等。
具体实现时，通信单元1701用于执行如上述方法实施例中的任一步骤，且在执行诸如发送等动作时，可选择的调用其他单元来完成相应操作。下面进行详细说明。
通信单元1701，用于在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；所述第一资源在时域上为子带全双工SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为非子带全双工non-SBFD符号；或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
可见，对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，从而实现网络设备仅在SBFD符号上进行通信。由于SBFD符号的频域资源包含上行子带和下行子带，因此的SBFD符号可以支持上行传输和下行传输，使得网络设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，从而有利于提高频谱利用率和灵活性。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，从而实现网络设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行通信。由于non-SBFD符号方向为上行或者下行，因此多个时隙中的non-SBFD符号可以支持上行传输或者下行传输，从而使得网络设备可以通过多个时隙中的non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在non-SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行多时隙通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，从而实现网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，使得网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上实现上行传输和/或下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
需要说明的是，图17所述实施例中各个操作的具体实现可以详见上述所示的方法实施例中的描述，在此不再具体赘述。
可选的，通信单元1701还用于：
发送第一信息，所述第一信息指示所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
可选的，所述通信与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联；或者，
用于所述通信的信号与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，通信单元1701用于：
基于第一传输配置指示TCI，在所述第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信。
可选的，所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，通信单元1701还用于：发送第二信息，所述第二信息指示所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
可选的，第二信息还指示第一TCI。
可选的，第二信息指示至少一个TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联，所述至少一个TCI包含第一TCI。
可选的，通信单元1701还用于：
发送第一激活信息，第一激活信息用于激活第一TCI。
可见，当至少一个TCI中的每个TCI与用于通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联、且该至少一个TCI包含第一TCI时，网络可以通过第一激活信息激活第一TCI，以便通过激活第一TCI来确定第一TCI关联的第一资源在时域上时隙中的符号的类型。
下面对一种终端设备的结构进行示例说明。
请参阅图18，图18是本申请实施例的一种终端设备的结构示意图。其中，终端设备1800可以包括处理器1810、存储器1820以及用于连接处理器1810和存储器1820的通信总线。
可选的，存储器1820包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体(random access memory，RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)，存储器1820用于存储终端设备1800所执行的程序代码和所传输的数据。
可选的，终端设备1800还包括通信接口，其用于接收和发送数据。
可选的，终端设备1800可以为上述的第一终端设备。
可选的，处理器1810可以是一个或多个CPU，在处理器1810是一个CPU的情况下，该CPU可以是单核CPU，也可以是多核CPU。
可选的，处理器1810可以为基带芯片、芯片、CPU、通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。
具体实现时，终端设备1800中的处理器1810用于执行存储器1820中存储的计算机程序或指令1821，执行以下操作：
在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为non SBFD符号；或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
可见，对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备仅在SBFD符号上进行通信，使得终端设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。由于SBFD符号的频域包括上行子带和下行子带，因此多个时隙中的SBFD符号可以支持上行传输和下行传输，从而有利于提高频谱利用率和灵活性。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、传输控制信息(TCI)存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行通信。由于non-SBFD符号方向为上行或者下行，因此non-SBFD符号可以支持上行传输或者下行传输，从而使得终端设备可以通过non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在non-SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，从而实现终端设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，使得终端设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
需要说明的是，各个操作的具体实现可以采用上述所示的方法实施例的相应描述，终端设备1800可以用于执行本实施例上述方法实施例，对此不再赘述。
下面对本实施例的一种网络设备的结构进行示例说明。
请参阅图19，图19是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。其中，网络设备1900包括处理器1910、存储器1920以及用于连接处理器1910、存储器1920的通信总线。
可选的，存储器1920包括但不限于是RAM、ROM、EPROM或CD-ROM，存储器1920用于存储相关指令及数据。
可选的，网络设备1900还包括通信接口，其用于接收和发送数据。
可选的，处理器1910可以是一个或多个CPU，在处理器1910是一个CPU的情况下，该CPU可以是单核CPU，也可以是多核CPU。
可选的，处理器1910可以为基带芯片、芯片、CPU、通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。
可选的，网络设备1900中的处理器1910用于执行存储器1920中存储的计算机程序或指令1921，执行以下操作：
在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；所述第一资源在时域上为子带全双工SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为非子带全双工non-SBFD符号；或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
可见，对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号，从而实现网络设备仅在SBFD符号上进行通信。由于SBFD符号的频域资源包含上行子带和下行子带，因此的SBFD符号可以支持上行传输和下行传输，使得网络设备可以通过SBFD符号实现上行传输和下行传输，从而有利于提高频谱利用率和灵活性。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为non-SBFD符号，从而实现网络设备仅在non-SBFD符号上进行通信。由于non-SBFD符号方向为上行或者下行，因此多个时隙中的non-SBFD符号可以支持上行传输或者下行传输，从而使得网络设备可以通过多个时隙中的non-SBFD符号实现上行传输或下行传输。另外，相比于在使用多种符号类型时因不同的符号类型中的频域资源、传输参数(如功率控制)、TCI存在不同，仅在non-SBFD符号这一种符号类型上进行多时隙通信可以简化调度参数及发射接收处理。或者，
对于TDD系统引入SBFD的场景，若第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，则说明第一资源在时域上的符号的类型为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号，从而实现网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，使得网络设备在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上实现上行传输和/或下行传输。另外，在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号上进行通信，可以尽快完成信号/数据的传输，减少传输时延。
需要说明的是，各个操作的具体实现可以采用上述所示的方法实施例的相应描述，网络设备1900可以用于执行本实施例上述方法实施例，对此不再赘述。
下面对本实施例的其他相关内容进行示例说明。
可选的，上述方法实施例可以应用于网络设备或应用于终端设备之中。也就是说，上述方法实施例的执行主体，可以是网络设备，可以是终端设备，可以是芯片、芯片模组或模块等，对此不作具体限制。
可选的，上述方法实施例可以应用于网络设备或应用于网络设备之中。也就是说，上述方法实施例的执行主体，可以是网络设备，可以是芯片、芯片模组或模块等，对此不作具体限制。
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片，包括处理器、存储器及存储在该存储器上的计算机程序或指令，其中，该处理器执行该计算机程序或指令以实现上述方法实施例所描述的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片模组，包括收发组件和芯片，该芯片包括处理器、存储器及存储在该存储器上的计算机程序或指令，其中，该处理器执行该计算机程序或指令以实现上述方法实施例所描述的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，其存储有计算机程序或指令，该计算机程序或指令被执行时实现上述方法实施例所描述的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机程序或指令，该计算机程序或指令被执行时实现上述方法实施例所描述的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统，包括上述的终端设备和上述的网络设备。
需要说明的是，对于上述的各个实施例，为了简单描述，将其都表述为一系列的动作组合。本领域技术人员应该知悉，本申请不受所描述的动作顺序的限制，因为本申请实施例中的某些步骤可以采用其他顺序或者同时进行。另外，本领域技术人员也应该知悉，说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例，所涉及的动作、步骤、模块或单元等并不一定是本申请实施例所必须的。
在上述实施例中，本申请实施例对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重，某个实施例中没有详述的部分，可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。
本申请实施例所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以以硬件的方式来实现，也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于RAM、闪存、ROM、EPROM、电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外，该ASIC可以位于终端设备或管理设备中。当然，处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于终端设备或管理设备中。
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本申请实施例所描述的功能可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行该计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输。例如，该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，数字视频光盘(digital video disc，DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。
上述实施例中描述的各个装置、产品包含的各个模块/单元，其可以是软件模块/单元，也可以是硬件模块/单元，或者也可以部分是软件模块/单元，部分是硬件模块/单元。例如，对于应用于或集成于芯片的各个装置、产品，其包含的各个模块/单元可以都采用电路等硬件的方式实现，或者，至少部分模块/单元可以采用软件程序的方式实现，该软件程序运行于芯片内部集成的处理器，剩余的(如果有)部分模块/单元可以采用电路等硬件方式实现；对于应用于或集成于芯片模组的各个装置、产品，其包含的各个模块/单元可以都采用电路等硬件的方式实现，不同的模块/单元可以位于芯片模组的同一组件(例如芯片、电路模块等)或者不同组件中，或者，至少部分模块/单元可以采用软件程序的方式实现，该软件程序运行于芯片模组内部集成的处理器，剩余的(如果有)部分模块/单元可以采用电路等硬件方式实现；对于应用于或集成于终端设备的各个装置、产品，其包含的各个模块/单元可以都采用电路等硬件的方式实现，不同的模块/单元可以位于终端设备内同一组件(例如，芯片、电路模块等)或者不同组件中，或者，至少部分模块/单元可以采用软件程序的方式实现，该软件程序运行于终端设备内部集成的处理器，剩余的(如果有)部分模块/单元可以采用电路等硬件方式实现。以上所述的具体实施方式，对本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以上所述仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式而已，并不用于限定本申请实施例的保护范围，凡在本申请实施例的技术方案的基础之上，所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包括在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。

Claims (23)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于终端设备；所述方法包括：
    在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；
    所述第一资源在时域上为子带全双工SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为非子带全双工non-SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收第一信息，所述第一信息指示所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述通信与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联；或者，
    用于所述通信的信号与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，包括：
    基于第一传输配置指示TCI，在所述第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一TCI为所述通信的第一候选TCI或所述通信的第二候选TCI中的一个，所述第一候选TCI与non-SBFD符号关联，所述第二候选TCI与SBFD符号关联。
  7. 根据权利要求4-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收第二信息，所述第二信息指示所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，包括：
    在第一资源上通过第一信道分别与多个收发点TRP进行通信。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在第一资源上通过第一信道分别与多个TRP进行通信，包括：
    基于第一TCI在第一资源上通过第一信道与第一TRP进行通信，以及基于第二TCI在所述第一资源上通过所述第一信道与第二TRP进行通信。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一TCI和所述第二TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收第三信息，所述第三信息指示所述第一TCI和所述第二TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
  12. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于网络设备；所述方法包括：
    在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；
    所述第一资源在时域上为子带全双工SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为非子带全双工non-SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    发送第一信息，所述第一信息指示所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型。
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述通信与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联；或者，
    用于所述通信的信号与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，包括：
    基于第一传输配置指示TCI，在所述第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一TCI与用于所述通信的资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    发送第二信息，所述第二信息指示所述第一TCI与所述第一资源在时域上的符号的类型关联。
  18. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    通信单元，用于在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；
    所述第一资源在时域上为子带全双工SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为非子带全双工non-SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
  19. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    通信单元，用于在第一资源上通过第一信道进行通信，其中，所述第一资源在时域上占用一个或多个时隙；
    所述第一资源在时域上为子带全双工SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为非子带全双工non-SBFD符号，或者，所述第一资源在时域上为SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。
  20. 一种终端设备，包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上的计算机程序或指令，其特征在于，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令以实现权利要求1-11中任一项所述方法的步骤。
  21. 一种网络设备，包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上的计算机程序或指令，其特征在于，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令以实现权利要求12-17中任一项所述方法的步骤。
  22. 一种芯片，其特征在于，所述芯片包括处理器与接口，所述处理器和所述接口耦合；所述处理器用于执行代码指令以执行如权利要求1至11或权利要求12至17中任一项所述的方法。
  23. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序或指令，所述计算机程序或指令被执行时实现如权利要求1至11或权利要求12至17中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2025/095462 2024-05-18 2025-05-16 通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备 Pending WO2025242004A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202410620932.XA CN121037980A (zh) 2024-05-18 2024-05-18 通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备
CN202410620932.X 2024-05-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025242004A1 true WO2025242004A1 (zh) 2025-11-27

Family

ID=97762106

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2025/095462 Pending WO2025242004A1 (zh) 2024-05-18 2025-05-16 通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN121037980A (zh)
WO (1) WO2025242004A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116830518A (zh) * 2023-05-08 2023-09-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 接收、接收指示方法和装置、通信装置及存储介质
CN117296428A (zh) * 2023-08-10 2023-12-26 北京小米移动软件有限公司 上行传输资源的确定方法和通信装置、设备及存储介质
US20240049200A1 (en) * 2022-08-04 2024-02-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Sub-band indication for sub-band full duplex (sbfd) wireless communication
WO2024031703A1 (zh) * 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 新华三技术有限公司 数据传输方法、装置及电子设备

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20240049200A1 (en) * 2022-08-04 2024-02-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Sub-band indication for sub-band full duplex (sbfd) wireless communication
WO2024031703A1 (zh) * 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 新华三技术有限公司 数据传输方法、装置及电子设备
CN116830518A (zh) * 2023-05-08 2023-09-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 接收、接收指示方法和装置、通信装置及存储介质
CN117296428A (zh) * 2023-08-10 2023-12-26 北京小米移动软件有限公司 上行传输资源的确定方法和通信装置、设备及存储介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN121037980A (zh) 2025-11-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN116208308B (zh) 用于确定上行传输参数的方法和终端设备
CN110880958A (zh) 一种射频参数的上报方法及装置
CN111867086B (zh) 通信方法以及通信装置
WO2023066202A1 (zh) 参考信号的资源映射方法与装置、终端和网络设备
CN115835406B (zh) 无线通信的方法及设备
US20250150306A1 (en) Apparatus and method for fronthaul transmission in a wireless communication system
WO2022217443A1 (zh) 信道估计方法、终端设备、网络设备、芯片和存储介质
WO2023070375A1 (zh) 资源指示的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US20250112743A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023050337A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2022150993A1 (zh) 一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2024169863A1 (zh) 通信方法与装置、终端设备、网络设备和芯片
WO2025166678A1 (zh) 波束指示方法、终端、网络设备、通信系统及存储介质
WO2025242004A1 (zh) 通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备
CN117241397A (zh) 数据传输的方法、装置和系统
WO2023279399A1 (zh) 侧行传输资源的确定方法、发送方法、装置、设备及介质
WO2022188253A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2022077346A1 (zh) 信道传输的方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2025113437A1 (zh) 通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备
WO2025113415A1 (zh) 通信方法与装置、终端设备和网络设备
WO2026032277A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2026032408A1 (zh) 通信方法与装置、终端设备
WO2025086143A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置、终端设备、网络设备
WO2025140059A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2025091506A1 (zh) 通信方法和设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25807105

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1